blob: 5daa5a8fb0a8564a27c20691c2cb1a9510bfe9b0 [file] [log] [blame]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and texi
2HXCOMM Text between STEXI and ETEXI are copied to texi version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both texi and C
8
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010STEXI
11@table @option
12ETEXI
13
14DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000015 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000016STEXI
17@item -h
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +010018@findex -h
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000019Display help and exit
20ETEXI
21
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000022DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000023 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024STEXI
25@item -version
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +010026@findex -version
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000027Display version information and exit
28ETEXI
29
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020030DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
31 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010032 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020033 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -080034 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Matt Gingell32c18a22015-11-16 10:03:06 -080035 " kernel_irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=off)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050036 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Peter Maydell96404012016-05-10 16:49:29 +010037 " kvm_shadow_mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030038 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080039 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tiejun Chen79814172015-07-15 13:37:45 +080040 " igd-passthru=on|off controls IGD GFX passthrough support (default=off)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010041 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010042 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080043 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010044 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Xiao Feng Ren274250c2017-05-17 02:48:03 +020045 " enforce-config-section=on|off enforce configuration section migration (default=off)\n"
Brijesh Singhdb588192018-03-08 06:48:38 -060046 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020047 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000048STEXI
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020049@item -machine [type=]@var{name}[,prop=@var{value}[,...]]
50@findex -machine
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010051Select the emulated machine by @var{name}. Use @code{-machine help} to list
Daniel P. Berrange8bfce832017-07-25 15:10:41 +010052available machines.
53
54For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
55across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
56type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
57``pc-i440fx-2.8'' and ``pc-q35-2.8'' for the x86_64/i686 architectures.
58
59To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
60version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the ``pc-i440fx-2.8''
61and ``pc-q35-2.8'' machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs
62to skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases
63of QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
64
65Supported machine properties are:
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020066@table @option
67@item accel=@var{accels1}[:@var{accels2}[:...]]
68This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target architecture,
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -080069kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available. By default, tcg is used. If there is
Thomas Huthbde4d922017-05-04 07:24:41 +020070more than one accelerator specified, the next one is used if the previous one
71fails to initialize.
Jan Kiszka6a48ffa2011-10-15 13:43:48 +020072@item kernel_irqchip=on|off
Matt Gingell32c18a22015-11-16 10:03:06 -080073Controls in-kernel irqchip support for the chosen accelerator when available.
Tiejun Chen79814172015-07-15 13:37:45 +080074@item gfx_passthru=on|off
75Enables IGD GFX passthrough support for the chosen machine when available.
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050076@item vmport=on|off|auto
77Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says to select the
78value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is off otherwise the default
79is on.
Jan Kiszka39d69602012-01-25 18:14:15 +010080@item kvm_shadow_mem=size
81Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
Jason Baronddb97f12012-08-02 15:44:16 -040082@item dump-guest-core=on|off
83Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030084@item mem-merge=on|off
85Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when supported by
86the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages among VMs instances
87(enabled by default).
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010088@item aes-key-wrap=on|off
89Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. This feature
90controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created to allow
91execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default is on.
92@item dea-key-wrap=on|off
93Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. This feature
94controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created to allow
95execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default is on.
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080096@item nvdimm=on|off
97Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
Peter Xu16f72442017-07-07 10:54:08 +080098@item enforce-config-section=on|off
99If @option{enforce-config-section} is set to @var{on}, force migration
100code to send configuration section even if the machine-type sets the
101@option{migration.send-configuration} property to @var{off}.
102NOTE: this parameter is deprecated. Please use @option{-global}
103@option{migration.send-configuration}=@var{on|off} instead.
Brijesh Singhdb588192018-03-08 06:48:38 -0600104@item memory-encryption=@var{}
105Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200106@end table
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000107ETEXI
108
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200109HXCOMM Deprecated by -machine
110DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
111
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000112DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100113 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000114STEXI
115@item -cpu @var{model}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100116@findex -cpu
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100117Select CPU model (@code{-cpu help} for list and additional feature selection)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000118ETEXI
119
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000120DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
121 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,thread=single|multi]\n"
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -0800122 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300123 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000124STEXI
125@item -accel @var{name}[,prop=@var{value}[,...]]
126@findex -accel
127This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target architecture,
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -0800128kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available. By default, tcg is used. If there is
Thomas Huthbde4d922017-05-04 07:24:41 +0200129more than one accelerator specified, the next one is used if the previous one
130fails to initialize.
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000131@table @option
132@item thread=single|multi
133Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded there will be one
134thread per vCPU therefor taking advantage of additional host cores. The default
135is to enable multi-threading where both the back-end and front-ends support it and
136no incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g. icount/replay).
137@end table
138ETEXI
139
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000140DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Michael Tokarev12b7f572013-06-24 15:06:52 +0400141 "-smp [cpus=]n[,maxcpus=cpus][,cores=cores][,threads=threads][,sockets=sockets]\n"
Jes Sorensen6be68d72009-07-23 17:03:42 +0200142 " set the number of CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
143 " maxcpus= maximum number of total cpus, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700144 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Andre Przywara58a04db2009-08-28 10:49:57 +0200145 " cores= number of CPU cores on one socket\n"
146 " threads= number of threads on one CPU core\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000147 " sockets= number of discrete sockets in the system\n",
148 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000149STEXI
Michael Tokarev12b7f572013-06-24 15:06:52 +0400150@item -smp [cpus=]@var{n}[,cores=@var{cores}][,threads=@var{threads}][,sockets=@var{sockets}][,maxcpus=@var{maxcpus}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100151@findex -smp
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000152Simulate an SMP system with @var{n} CPUs. On the PC target, up to 255
153CPUs are supported. On Sparc32 target, Linux limits the number of usable CPUs
154to 4.
Andre Przywara58a04db2009-08-28 10:49:57 +0200155For the PC target, the number of @var{cores} per socket, the number
156of @var{threads} per cores and the total number of @var{sockets} can be
157specified. Missing values will be computed. If any on the three values is
158given, the total number of CPUs @var{n} can be omitted. @var{maxcpus}
159specifies the maximum number of hotpluggable CPUs.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000160ETEXI
161
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000162DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Eduardo Habkoste0ee9fd2017-01-23 16:06:31 -0200163 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node]\n"
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800164 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100165 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
166 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n",
167 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000168STEXI
Eduardo Habkoste0ee9fd2017-01-23 16:06:31 -0200169@item -numa node[,mem=@var{size}][,cpus=@var{firstcpu}[-@var{lastcpu}]][,nodeid=@var{node}]
170@itemx -numa node[,memdev=@var{id}][,cpus=@var{firstcpu}[-@var{lastcpu}]][,nodeid=@var{node}]
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800171@itemx -numa dist,src=@var{source},dst=@var{destination},val=@var{distance}
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200172@itemx -numa cpu,node-id=@var{node}[,socket-id=@var{x}][,core-id=@var{y}][,thread-id=@var{z}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100173@findex -numa
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200174Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it.
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800175Set the NUMA distance from a source node to a destination node.
Paolo Bonzini7febe362014-05-14 17:43:17 +0800176
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200177Legacy VCPU assignment uses @samp{cpus} option where
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200178@var{firstcpu} and @var{lastcpu} are CPU indexes. Each
179@samp{cpus} option represent a contiguous range of CPU indexes
180(or a single VCPU if @var{lastcpu} is omitted). A non-contiguous
181set of VCPUs can be represented by providing multiple @samp{cpus}
182options. If @samp{cpus} is omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically
183split between them.
184
185For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to
186a NUMA node:
187@example
188-numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
189@end example
190
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200191@samp{cpu} option is a new alternative to @samp{cpus} option
192which uses @samp{socket-id|core-id|thread-id} properties to assign
193CPU objects to a @var{node} using topology layout properties of CPU.
194The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
195machine type/@samp{smp} options. It could be queried with
196@samp{hotpluggable-cpus} monitor command.
197@samp{node-id} property specifies @var{node} to which CPU object
198will be assigned, it's required for @var{node} to be declared
199with @samp{node} option before it's used with @samp{cpu} option.
200
201For example:
202@example
203-M pc \
204-smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
205-numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
206-numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
207@end example
208
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200209@samp{mem} assigns a given RAM amount to a node. @samp{memdev}
210assigns RAM from a given memory backend device to a node. If
211@samp{mem} and @samp{memdev} are omitted in all nodes, RAM is
212split equally between them.
213
214@samp{mem} and @samp{memdev} are mutually exclusive. Furthermore,
215if one node uses @samp{memdev}, all of them have to use it.
216
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800217@var{source} and @var{destination} are NUMA node IDs.
218@var{distance} is the NUMA distance from @var{source} to @var{destination}.
219The distance from a node to itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is
220given a distance, then all pairs must be given distances. Although, when
221distances are only given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then
222the distances in the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If,
223however, an asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node
224pair, then all node pairs must be provided distance values for both
225directions, even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable
226from another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
227
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200228Note that the -@option{numa} option doesn't allocate any of the
229specified resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA
230nodes. This means that one still has to use the @option{-m},
231@option{-smp} options to allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
232
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000233ETEXI
234
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100235DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
236 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
237 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
238STEXI
239@item -add-fd fd=@var{fd},set=@var{set}[,opaque=@var{opaque}]
240@findex -add-fd
241
242Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
243
244@table @option
245@item fd=@var{fd}
246This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is added to fd set.
247The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or stderr.
248@item set=@var{set}
249This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file descriptor to.
250@item opaque=@var{opaque}
251This option defines a free-form string that can be used to describe @var{fd}.
252@end table
253
254You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd set:
255@example
256qemu-system-i386
257-add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file"
258-add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file"
259-drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
260@end example
261ETEXI
262
263DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
264 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
265 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
266 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
267STEXI
268@item -set @var{group}.@var{id}.@var{arg}=@var{value}
269@findex -set
Michael Tokareve1f3b972016-10-16 17:21:37 +0300270Set parameter @var{arg} for item @var{id} of type @var{group}
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100271ETEXI
272
273DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200274 "-global driver.property=value\n"
275 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100276 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
277 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
278STEXI
279@item -global @var{driver}.@var{prop}=@var{value}
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200280@itemx -global driver=@var{driver},property=@var{property},value=@var{value}
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100281@findex -global
282Set default value of @var{driver}'s property @var{prop} to @var{value}, e.g.:
283
284@example
Markus Armbruster1c9f3b82017-05-09 11:41:15 +0200285qemu-system-i386 -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100286@end example
287
Michael Tokareva295d242017-09-23 19:31:59 +0300288In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices which are
289created automatically by the machine model. To create a device which is not
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100290created automatically and set properties on it, use -@option{device}.
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200291
Markus Armbrusterae08fd52015-06-15 14:35:58 +0200292-global @var{driver}.@var{prop}=@var{value} is shorthand for -global
293driver=@var{driver},property=@var{prop},value=@var{value}. The
294longhand syntax works even when @var{driver} contains a dot.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100295ETEXI
296
297DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
298 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800299 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100300 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
301 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
302 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
303 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
304 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
305STEXI
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800306@item -boot [order=@var{drives}][,once=@var{drives}][,menu=on|off][,splash=@var{sp_name}][,splash-time=@var{sp_time}][,reboot-timeout=@var{rb_timeout}][,strict=on|off]
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100307@findex -boot
308Specify boot order @var{drives} as a string of drive letters. Valid
Gongleid274e072015-07-03 17:50:57 +0800309drive letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100310(floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p (Etherboot
311from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default. To apply a
312particular boot order only on the first startup, specify it via
Thomas Huthc0d9f7d2017-02-28 18:40:01 +0100313@option{once}. Note that the @option{order} or @option{once} parameter
314should not be used together with the @option{bootindex} property of
315devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support both
316at the same time.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100317
318Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via @option{menu=on} as far
319as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
320
321A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it as logo,
322when option splash=@var{sp_name} is given and menu=on, If firmware/BIOS
323supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system support it.
324limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a BMP file in 24 BPP
325format(true color). The resolution should be supported by the SVGA mode, so
326the recommended is 320x240, 640x480, 800x640.
327
328A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for @var{rb_timeout} ms
329when boot failed, then reboot. If @var{rb_timeout} is '-1', guest will not
330reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios for X86
331system support it.
332
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800333Do strict boot via @option{strict=on} as far as firmware/BIOS
334supports it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by
335bootindex options. The default is non-strict boot.
336
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100337@example
338# try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
339qemu-system-i386 -boot order=nc
340# boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
341qemu-system-i386 -boot once=d
342# boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
343qemu-system-i386 -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
344@end example
345
346Note: The legacy format '-boot @var{drives}' is still supported but its
347use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
348ETEXI
349
350DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300351 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100352 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200353 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200354 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400355 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
356 "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100357 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100358STEXI
Luiz Capitulino9fcc0792015-02-26 14:35:45 -0500359@item -m [size=]@var{megs}[,slots=n,maxmem=size]
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100360@findex -m
Luiz Capitulino9fcc0792015-02-26 14:35:45 -0500361Sets guest startup RAM size to @var{megs} megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
362Optionally, a suffix of ``M'' or ``G'' can be used to signify a value in
363megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair @var{slots}, @var{maxmem}
364could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum amount of
365memory. Note that @var{maxmem} must be aligned to the page size.
366
367For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM size to
3681GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets the maximum
369memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
370
371@example
372qemu-system-x86_64 -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
373@end example
374
375If @var{slots} and @var{maxmem} are not specified, memory hotplug won't
376be enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100377ETEXI
378
379DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
380 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
381STEXI
382@item -mem-path @var{path}
383@findex -mem-path
384Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in @var{path}.
385ETEXI
386
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100387DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
388 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
389 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
390STEXI
391@item -mem-prealloc
392@findex -mem-prealloc
393Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
394ETEXI
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100395
396DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
397 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
398 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
399STEXI
400@item -k @var{language}
401@findex -k
402Use keyboard layout @var{language} (for example @code{fr} for
403French). This option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC
Samuel Thibault32945472016-06-22 17:48:31 +0200404keycodes (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100405display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or PC/Windows
406hosts.
407
408The available layouts are:
409@example
410ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
411da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
412de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
413@end example
414
415The default is @code{en-us}.
416ETEXI
417
418
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100419HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100420DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100421 "-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100422 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
423STEXI
424@item -audio-help
425@findex -audio-help
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100426Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified
427(deprecated) environment variables.
428ETEXI
429
430DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
431 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
432 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
433 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
434 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
435 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
436 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
437 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
438 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
439 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32\n"
440 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
441 " in|out.buffer-len= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
442 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
443 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
444#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
445 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
446 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
447 " in|out.period-len= length of period in microseconds\n"
448 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
449 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
450#endif
451#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
452 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
453 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
454#endif
455#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
456 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
457 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
458#endif
459#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
460 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
461 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
462 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
463 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
464 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
465 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
466 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
467#endif
468#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
469 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
470 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
471 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
472#endif
473#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
474 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
475#endif
476#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
477 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
478#endif
479 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
480 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
481 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
482STEXI
483@item -audiodev [driver=]@var{driver},id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
484@findex -audiodev
485Adds a new audio backend @var{driver} identified by @var{id}. There are
486global and driver specific properties. Some values can be set
487differently for input and output, they're marked with @code{in|out.}.
488You can set the input's property with @code{in.@var{prop}} and the
489output's property with @code{out.@var{prop}}. For example:
490@example
491-audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
492-audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
493@end example
494
495Valid global options are:
496
497@table @option
498@item id=@var{identifier}
499Identifies the audio backend.
500
501@item timer-period=@var{period}
502Sets the timer @var{period} used by the audio subsystem in microseconds.
503Default is 10000 (10 ms).
504
505@item in|out.fixed-settings=on|off
506Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change based on
507how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you must not specify
508@var{frequency}, @var{channels} or @var{format}. Default is on.
509
510@item in|out.frequency=@var{frequency}
511Specify the @var{frequency} to use when using @var{fixed-settings}.
512Default is 44100Hz.
513
514@item in|out.channels=@var{channels}
515Specify the number of @var{channels} to use when using
516@var{fixed-settings}. Default is 2 (stereo).
517
518@item in|out.format=@var{format}
519Specify the sample @var{format} to use when using @var{fixed-settings}.
520Valid values are: @code{s8}, @code{s16}, @code{s32}, @code{u8},
521@code{u16}, @code{u32}. Default is @code{s16}.
522
523@item in|out.voices=@var{voices}
524Specify the number of @var{voices} to use. Default is 1.
525
526@item in|out.buffer=@var{usecs}
527Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
528
529@end table
530
531@item -audiodev none,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
532Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has no
533backend specific properties.
534
535@item -audiodev alsa,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
536Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
537Linux.
538
539ALSA specific options are:
540
541@table @option
542
543@item in|out.dev=@var{device}
544Specify the ALSA @var{device} to use for input and/or output. Default
545is @code{default}.
546
547@item in|out.period-len=@var{usecs}
548Sets the period length in microseconds.
549
550@item in|out.try-poll=on|off
551Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
552
553@item threshold=@var{threshold}
554Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
555
556@end table
557
558@item -audiodev coreaudio,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
559Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
560available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
561
562Core Audio specific options are:
563
564@table @option
565
566@item in|out.buffer-count=@var{count}
567Sets the @var{count} of the buffers.
568
569@end table
570
571@item -audiodev dsound,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
572Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is only
573available on Windows and only supports playback.
574
575DirectSound specific options are:
576
577@table @option
578
579@item latency=@var{usecs}
580Add extra @var{usecs} microseconds latency to playback. Default is
58110000 (10 ms).
582
583@end table
584
585@item -audiodev oss,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
586Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
587Unix-like systems.
588
589OSS specific options are:
590
591@table @option
592
593@item in|out.dev=@var{device}
594Specify the file name of the OSS @var{device} to use. Default is
595@code{/dev/dsp}.
596
597@item in|out.buffer-count=@var{count}
598Sets the @var{count} of the buffers.
599
600@item in|out.try-poll=on|of
601Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
602
603@item try-mmap=on|off
604Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
605
606@item exclusive=on|off
607Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this case).
608Default is off.
609
610@item dsp-policy=@var{policy}
611Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number means
612smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use buffer sizes
613specified by @code{buffer} and @code{buffer-count}. This option is
614ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
615
616@end table
617
618@item -audiodev pa,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
619Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on most
620systems.
621
622PulseAudio specific options are:
623
624@table @option
625
626@item server=@var{server}
627Sets the PulseAudio @var{server} to connect to.
628
629@item in|out.name=@var{sink}
630Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
631
632@end table
633
634@item -audiodev sdl,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
635Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most systems,
636but you should use your platform's native backend if possible. This
637backend has no backend specific properties.
638
639@item -audiodev spice,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
640Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend requires
641@code{-spice} and automatically selected in that case, so usually you
642can ignore this option. This backend has no backend specific
643properties.
644
645@item -audiodev wav,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
646Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
647
648Backend specific options are:
649
650@table @option
651
652@item path=@var{path}
653Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
654@code{qemu.wav}.
655
656@end table
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100657ETEXI
658
659DEF("soundhw", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_soundhw,
660 "-soundhw c1,... enable audio support\n"
661 " and only specified sound cards (comma separated list)\n"
662 " use '-soundhw help' to get the list of supported cards\n"
663 " use '-soundhw all' to enable all of them\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
664STEXI
665@item -soundhw @var{card1}[,@var{card2},...] or -soundhw all
666@findex -soundhw
667Enable audio and selected sound hardware. Use 'help' to print all
668available sound hardware.
669
670@example
671qemu-system-i386 -soundhw sb16,adlib disk.img
672qemu-system-i386 -soundhw es1370 disk.img
673qemu-system-i386 -soundhw ac97 disk.img
674qemu-system-i386 -soundhw hda disk.img
675qemu-system-i386 -soundhw all disk.img
676qemu-system-i386 -soundhw help
677@end example
678
679Note that Linux's i810_audio OSS kernel (for AC97) module might
680require manually specifying clocking.
681
682@example
683modprobe i810_audio clocking=48000
684@end example
685ETEXI
686
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100687DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
688 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
689 " add device (based on driver)\n"
690 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
691 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
692 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
693 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
694STEXI
695@item -device @var{driver}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
696@findex -device
697Add device @var{driver}. @var{prop}=@var{value} sets driver
698properties. Valid properties depend on the driver. To get help on
699possible drivers and properties, use @code{-device help} and
700@code{-device @var{driver},help}.
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600701
702Some drivers are:
Cédric Le Goater540c07d2017-04-05 14:41:32 +0200703@item -device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=@var{id}[,slave_addr=@var{val}][,sdrfile=@var{file}][,furareasize=@var{val}][,furdatafile=@var{file}]
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600704
705Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
706interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides
707a watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system.
708You need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
709
710The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
711This address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
712controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
713it.
714
Cédric Le Goater8c6fd7f2017-04-05 14:41:31 +0200715@table @option
716@item bmc=@var{id}
717The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
718@item slave_addr=@var{val}
719Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
720@item sdrfile=@var{file}
Cédric Le Goater540c07d2017-04-05 14:41:32 +0200721file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default is none.
722@item fruareasize=@var{val}
723size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is 1024.
724@item frudatafile=@var{file}
725file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data. The default is none.
Cédric Le Goater8c6fd7f2017-04-05 14:41:31 +0200726@end table
727
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600728@item -device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{id}[,slave_addr=@var{val}]
729
730Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
731locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect
732to an external entity that provides the IPMI services.
733
734A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this, it
735is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev option
736to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note that if
737this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as the
738interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off the VM.
739It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external simulator running
740on a secure port on localhost, so neither the simulator nor QEMU is
741exposed to any outside network.
742
743See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
744details on the external interface.
745
746@item -device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=@var{id}[,ioport=@var{val}][,irq=@var{val}]
747
748Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the ISA bus. This also adds a
749corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
750
751@table @option
752@item bmc=@var{id}
753The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
754@item ioport=@var{val}
755Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0 for KCS.
756@item irq=@var{val}
757Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable interrupts,
758set this to 0.
759@end table
760
761@item -device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=@var{id}[,ioport=@var{val}][,irq=@var{val}]
762
763Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port is
7640xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
765
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100766ETEXI
767
768DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000769 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100770 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +0300771 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
772 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000773 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100774 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
775STEXI
776@item -name @var{name}
777@findex -name
778Sets the @var{name} of the guest.
779This name will be displayed in the SDL window caption.
780The @var{name} will also be used for the VNC server.
781Also optionally set the top visible process name in Linux.
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000782Naming of individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100783ETEXI
784
785DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
786 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
787 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
788STEXI
789@item -uuid @var{uuid}
790@findex -uuid
791Set system UUID.
792ETEXI
793
794STEXI
795@end table
796ETEXI
797DEFHEADING()
798
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200799DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100800STEXI
801@table @option
802ETEXI
803
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000804DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000805 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
806DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000807STEXI
808@item -fda @var{file}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +0200809@itemx -fdb @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100810@findex -fda
811@findex -fdb
Markus Armbruster92a539d2015-03-17 17:02:20 +0100812Use @var{file} as floppy disk 0/1 image (@pxref{disk_images}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000813ETEXI
814
815DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000816 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
817DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000818DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000819 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
820DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000821STEXI
822@item -hda @var{file}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +0200823@itemx -hdb @var{file}
824@itemx -hdc @var{file}
825@itemx -hdd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100826@findex -hda
827@findex -hdb
828@findex -hdc
829@findex -hdd
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000830Use @var{file} as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (@pxref{disk_images}).
831ETEXI
832
833DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000834 "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
835 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000836STEXI
837@item -cdrom @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100838@findex -cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000839Use @var{file} as CD-ROM image (you cannot use @option{-hdc} and
840@option{-cdrom} at the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by
841using @file{/dev/cdrom} as filename (@pxref{host_drives}).
842ETEXI
843
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +0100844DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
845 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
846 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
847 " [,read-only=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
848 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
849 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200850STEXI
851@item -blockdev @var{option}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
852@findex -blockdev
853
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200854Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all block drivers,
855other options are only accepted for a specific block driver. See below for a
856list of generic options and options for the most common block drivers.
857
858Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. @code{file}) can be
859given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already existing node
860(file=@var{node-name}), or you define a new node inline, adding options
861for the referenced node after a dot (file.filename=@var{path},file.aio=native).
862
863A block driver node created with @option{-blockdev} can be used for a guest
864device by specifying its node name for the @code{drive} property in a
865@option{-device} argument that defines a block device.
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200866
867@table @option
868@item Valid options for any block driver node:
869
870@table @code
871@item driver
872Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
873@item node-name
874This defines the name of the block driver node by which it will be referenced
875later. The name must be unique, i.e. it must not match the name of a different
876block driver node, or (if you use @option{-drive} as well) the ID of a drive.
877
878If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated. The generated node
879name is not intended to be predictable and changes between QEMU invocations.
880For the top level, an explicit node name must be specified.
881@item read-only
882Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
883@item cache.direct
884The host page cache can be avoided with @option{cache.direct=on}. This will
885attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's memory. QEMU may still perform an
886internal copy of the data.
887@item cache.no-flush
888In case you don't care about data integrity over host failures, you can use
889@option{cache.no-flush=on}. This option tells QEMU that it never needs to write
890any data to the disk but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
891wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting disconnected
892accidentally, etc. your image will most probably be rendered unusable.
893@item discard=@var{discard}
894@var{discard} is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on") and controls
895whether @code{discard} (also known as @code{trim} or @code{unmap}) requests are
896ignored or passed to the filesystem. Some machine types may not support
897discard requests.
898@item detect-zeroes=@var{detect-zeroes}
899@var{detect-zeroes} is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the automatic
900conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to driver specific optimized
901zero write commands. You may even choose "unmap" if @var{discard} is set
902to "unmap" to allow a zero write to be converted to an @code{unmap} operation.
903@end table
904
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200905@item Driver-specific options for @code{file}
906
907This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular files.
908
909@table @code
910@item filename
911The path to the image file in the local filesystem
912@item aio
913Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native, default: threads)
Fam Zheng1878eaf2017-11-24 16:53:51 +0800914@item locking
915Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD / POSIX locks. The
916default is to use the Linux Open File Descriptor API if available, otherwise no
917lock is applied. (auto/on/off, default: auto)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200918@end table
919Example:
920@example
921-blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
922@end example
923
924@item Driver-specific options for @code{raw}
925
926This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is usually
927stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as @code{file}.
928
929@table @code
930@item file
931Reference to or definition of the data source block driver node
932(e.g. a @code{file} driver node)
933@end table
934Example 1:
935@example
936-blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
937-blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
938@end example
939Example 2:
940@example
941-blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
942@end example
943
944@item Driver-specific options for @code{qcow2}
945
946This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is usually
947stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as @code{file}.
948
949@table @code
950@item file
951Reference to or definition of the data source block driver node
952(e.g. a @code{file} driver node)
953
954@item backing
955Reference to or definition of the backing file block device (default is taken
Max Reitz4f7be282018-02-24 16:40:33 +0100956from the image file). It is allowed to pass @code{null} here in order to disable
957the default backing file.
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200958
959@item lazy-refcounts
960Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off; default is taken from the
961image file)
962
963@item cache-size
964The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block caches in bytes
Leonid Bloch40fb2152018-09-26 19:04:39 +0300965(default: the sum of l2-cache-size and refcount-cache-size)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200966
967@item l2-cache-size
968The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes
Leonid Bloch80668d02018-09-26 19:04:44 +0300969(default: if cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M on
970non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible within the cache-size,
971while permitting the requested or the minimal refcount cache size)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200972
973@item refcount-cache-size
974The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
Leonid Bloch40fb2152018-09-26 19:04:39 +0300975(default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is specified, the part of
976it which is not used for the L2 cache)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200977
978@item cache-clean-interval
979Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The interval is in seconds.
Leonid Bloche3a7b452018-09-29 12:54:54 +0300980The default value is 600 on supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms.
981Setting it to 0 disables this feature.
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200982
983@item pass-discard-request
984Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be forwarded to the data
985source (on/off; default: on if discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
986
987@item pass-discard-snapshot
988Whether discard requests for the data source should be issued when a snapshot
989operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot) frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off;
990default: on)
991
992@item pass-discard-other
993Whether discard requests for the data source should be issued on other
994occasions where a cluster gets freed (on/off; default: off)
995
996@item overlap-check
997Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
998(none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or finer
999granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of @code{blockdev-add}.
1000@end table
1001
1002Example 1:
1003@example
1004-blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1005-blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1006@end example
1007Example 2:
1008@example
1009-blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1010@end example
1011
1012@item Driver-specific options for other drivers
1013Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the @code{blockdev-add} QMP command.
1014
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001015@end table
1016
1017ETEXI
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001018
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001019DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1020 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001021 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001022 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczid1db7602014-04-23 13:55:37 +02001023 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name][,aio=threads|native]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001024 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001025 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001026 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1027 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1028 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1029 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001030 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001031 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001032 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001033STEXI
1034@item -drive @var{option}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001035@findex -drive
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001036
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001037Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the backend) as
1038well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for defining the corresponding
1039@option{-blockdev} and @option{-device} options.
1040
1041@option{-drive} accepts all options that are accepted by @option{-blockdev}. In
1042addition, it knows the following options:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001043
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001044@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001045@item file=@var{file}
1046This option defines which disk image (@pxref{disk_images}) to use with
1047this drive. If the filename contains comma, you must double it
1048(for instance, "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
Ronnie Sahlberg0f5314a2011-10-26 23:51:37 +11001049
1050Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using protocol
1051specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax" for more information.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001052@item if=@var{interface}
1053This option defines on which type on interface the drive is connected.
Craig Jellicked1fcd02017-03-17 08:49:55 -07001054Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy, pflash, virtio, none.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001055@item bus=@var{bus},unit=@var{unit}
1056These options define where is connected the drive by defining the bus number and
1057the unit id.
1058@item index=@var{index}
1059This option defines where is connected the drive by using an index in the list
1060of available connectors of a given interface type.
1061@item media=@var{media}
1062This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001063@item snapshot=@var{snapshot}
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04001064@var{snapshot} is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the given drive
1065(see @option{-snapshot}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001066@item cache=@var{cache}
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001067@var{cache} is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or "writethrough"
1068and controls how the host cache is used to access block data. This is a
1069shortcut that sets the @option{cache.direct} and @option{cache.no-flush}
1070options (as in @option{-blockdev}), and additionally @option{cache.writeback},
1071which provides a default for the @option{write-cache} option of block guest
1072devices (as in @option{-device}). The modes correspond to the following
1073settings:
1074
1075@c Our texi2pod.pl script doesn't support @multitable, so fall back to using
1076@c plain ASCII art (well, UTF-8 art really). This looks okay both in the manpage
1077@c and the HTML output.
1078@example
1079@ │ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1080─────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────
1081writeback │ on off off
1082none │ on on off
1083writethrough │ off off off
1084directsync │ off on off
1085unsafe │ on off on
1086@end example
1087
1088The default mode is @option{cache=writeback}.
1089
Christoph Hellwig5c6c3a62009-08-20 16:58:35 +02001090@item aio=@var{aio}
1091@var{aio} is "threads", or "native" and selects between pthread based disk I/O and native Linux AIO.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001092@item format=@var{format}
1093Specify which disk @var{format} will be used rather than detecting
Michael Tokarevd33c8a72016-05-18 15:47:53 +03001094the format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001095an untrusted format header.
Luiz Capitulinoae73e592011-07-12 17:35:08 -03001096@item werror=@var{action},rerror=@var{action}
1097Specify which @var{action} to take on write and read errors. Valid actions are:
1098"ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue), "stop" (pause QEMU),
1099"report" (report the error to the guest), "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the
1100host disk is full; report the error to the guest otherwise).
1101The default setting is @option{werror=enospc} and @option{rerror=report}.
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001102@item copy-on-read=@var{copy-on-read}
1103@var{copy-on-read} is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read backing
1104file sectors into the image file.
Stefan Hajnoczi01f9cfa2017-03-01 11:50:24 +00001105@item bps=@var{b},bps_rd=@var{r},bps_wr=@var{w}
1106Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either for all request
1107types or for reads or writes only. Small values can lead to timeouts or hangs
1108inside the guest. A safe minimum for disks is 2 MB/s.
1109@item bps_max=@var{bm},bps_rd_max=@var{rm},bps_wr_max=@var{wm}
1110Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types or for reads
1111or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
1112temporarily.
1113@item iops=@var{i},iops_rd=@var{r},iops_wr=@var{w}
1114Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for all request
1115types or for reads or writes only.
1116@item iops_max=@var{bm},iops_rd_max=@var{rm},iops_wr_max=@var{wm}
1117Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request types or for reads
1118or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
1119temporarily.
1120@item iops_size=@var{is}
1121Let every @var{is} bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1122throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from circumventing iops
1123limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1124@item group=@var{g}
1125Join a throttling quota group with given name @var{g}. All drives that are
1126members of the same group are accounted for together. Use this option to
1127prevent guests from circumventing throttling limits by using many small disks
1128instead of a single larger disk.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001129@end table
1130
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001131By default, the @option{cache.writeback=on} mode is used. It will report data
Kevin Wolfa13e5e02012-11-21 12:26:56 +01001132writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host page cache.
1133This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to correctly flush disk caches
1134where needed. If your guest OS does not handle volatile disk write caches
1135correctly and your host crashes or loses power, then the guest may experience
1136data corruption.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001137
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001138For such guests, you should consider using @option{cache.writeback=off}. This
Kevin Wolfa13e5e02012-11-21 12:26:56 +01001139means that the host page cache will be used to read and write data, but write
1140notification will be sent to the guest only after QEMU has made sure to flush
1141each write to the disk. Be aware that this has a major impact on performance.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001142
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001143When using the @option{-snapshot} option, unsafe caching is always used.
Alexander Graf016f5cf2010-05-26 17:51:49 +02001144
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001145Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors repeatedly and is
1146useful when the backing file is over a slow network. By default copy-on-read
1147is off.
1148
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001149Instead of @option{-cdrom} you can use:
1150@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02001151qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001152@end example
1153
1154Instead of @option{-hda}, @option{-hdb}, @option{-hdc}, @option{-hdd}, you can
1155use:
1156@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02001157qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1158qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1159qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1160qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001161@end example
1162
Corey Bryant587ed6b2012-10-18 15:19:34 -04001163You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd set:
1164@example
1165qemu-system-i386
1166-add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file"
1167-add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file"
1168-drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
1169@end example
1170
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001171You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1172@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02001173qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001174@end example
1175
1176If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty drive:
1177@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02001178qemu-system-i386 -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001179@end example
1180
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001181Instead of @option{-fda}, @option{-fdb}, you can use:
1182@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02001183qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1184qemu-system-i386 -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001185@end example
1186
1187By default, @var{interface} is "ide" and @var{index} is automatically
1188incremented:
1189@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02001190qemu-system-i386 -drive file=a -drive file=b"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001191@end example
1192is interpreted like:
1193@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02001194qemu-system-i386 -hda a -hdb b
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001195@end example
1196ETEXI
1197
1198DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001199 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1200 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001201STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001202@item -mtdblock @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001203@findex -mtdblock
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001204Use @var{file} as on-board Flash memory image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001205ETEXI
1206
1207DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001208 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001209STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001210@item -sd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001211@findex -sd
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001212Use @var{file} as SecureDigital card image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001213ETEXI
1214
1215DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001216 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001217STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001218@item -pflash @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001219@findex -pflash
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001220Use @var{file} as a parallel flash image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001221ETEXI
1222
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001223DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001224 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1225 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001226STEXI
1227@item -snapshot
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001228@findex -snapshot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001229Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1230the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however force
1231the write back by pressing @key{C-a s} (@pxref{disk_images}).
1232ETEXI
1233
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301234DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001235 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
1236 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001237 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1238 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1239 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1240 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001241 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
1242 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1243 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1244 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301245 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1246
1247STEXI
1248
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001249@item -fsdev local,id=@var{id},path=@var{path},security_model=@var{security_model} [,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly][,fmode=@var{fmode}][,dmode=@var{dmode}] [,throttling.@var{option}=@var{value}[,throttling.@var{option}=@var{value}[,...]]]
1250@itemx -fsdev proxy,id=@var{id},socket=@var{socket}[,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1251@itemx -fsdev proxy,id=@var{id},sock_fd=@var{sock_fd}[,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1252@itemx -fsdev synth,id=@var{id}[,readonly]
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301253@findex -fsdev
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301254Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1255@table @option
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001256@item local
1257Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1258@item proxy
1259Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1260@item synth
1261Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301262@item id=@var{id}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001263Specifies identifier for this device.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301264@item path=@var{path}
1265Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files under
1266this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1267@item security_model=@var{security_model}
1268Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301269Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", "mapped-file" and "none".
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301270In "passthrough" security model, files are stored using the same
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02001271credentials as they are created on the guest. This requires QEMU
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301272to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" security model, some of the file
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301273attributes like uid, gid, mode bits and link target are stored as
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301274file attributes. For "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the
1275hidden .virtfs_metadata directory. Directories exported by this security model cannot
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301276interact with other unix tools. "none" security model is same as
1277passthrough except the sever won't report failures if it fails to
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301278set file attributes like ownership. Security model is mandatory
Greg Kurz93aee842018-12-12 14:18:10 +01001279only for local fsdriver. Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301280security model as a parameter.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301281@item writeout=@var{writeout}
1282This is an optional argument. The only supported value is "immediate".
1283This means that host page cache will be used to read and write data but
1284write notification will be sent to the guest only when the data has been
1285reported as written by the storage subsystem.
M. Mohan Kumar2c74c2c2011-10-25 12:10:39 +05301286@item readonly
1287Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By default
1288read-write access is given.
M. Mohan Kumar84a87cc2011-12-14 13:58:47 +05301289@item socket=@var{socket}
1290Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for communicating
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001291with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
M. Mohan Kumarf67e3ff2011-12-14 13:58:46 +05301292@item sock_fd=@var{sock_fd}
1293Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor for
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001294communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like libvirt
1295will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as sock_fd.
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001296@item fmode=@var{fmode}
1297Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. Works only
1298with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
1299@item dmode=@var{dmode}
1300Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the host. Works
1301only with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001302@item throttling.bps-total=@var{b},throttling.bps-read=@var{r},throttling.bps-write=@var{w}
1303Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either for all request
1304types or for reads or writes only.
1305@item throttling.bps-total-max=@var{bm},bps-read-max=@var{rm},bps-write-max=@var{wm}
1306Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types or for reads
1307or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
1308temporarily.
1309@item throttling.iops-total=@var{i},throttling.iops-read=@var{r}, throttling.iops-write=@var{w}
1310Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for all request
1311types or for reads or writes only.
1312@item throttling.iops-total-max=@var{im},throttling.iops-read-max=@var{irm}, throttling.iops-write-max=@var{iwm}
1313Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request types or for reads
1314or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit temporarily.
1315@item throttling.iops-size=@var{is}
1316Let every @var{is} bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1317throttling purposes.
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301318@end table
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301319
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001320-fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1321@item -device virtio-9p-@var{type},fsdev=@var{id},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
1322Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301323@table @option
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001324@item @var{type}
1325Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci", "ccw" or "device",
1326depending on the machine type.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301327@item fsdev=@var{id}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001328Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301329@item mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001330Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this export point.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301331@end table
1332
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301333ETEXI
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301334
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301335DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001336 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
1337 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
1338 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1339 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1340 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301341 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1342
1343STEXI
1344
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001345@item -virtfs local,path=@var{path},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag} ,security_model=@var{security_model}[,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly] [,fmode=@var{fmode}][,dmode=@var{dmode}]
1346@itemx -virtfs proxy,socket=@var{socket},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag} [,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1347@itemx -virtfs proxy,sock_fd=@var{sock_fd},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag} [,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1348@itemx -virtfs synth,mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301349@findex -virtfs
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301350
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001351Define a new filesystem device and expose it to the guest using a virtio-9p-device. The general form of a Virtual File system pass-through options are:
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301352@table @option
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001353@item local
1354Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1355@item proxy
1356Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1357@item synth
1358Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301359@item id=@var{id}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001360Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301361@item path=@var{path}
1362Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files under
1363this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1364@item security_model=@var{security_model}
1365Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301366Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", "mapped-file" and "none".
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301367In "passthrough" security model, files are stored using the same
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02001368credentials as they are created on the guest. This requires QEMU
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301369to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" security model, some of the file
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301370attributes like uid, gid, mode bits and link target are stored as
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301371file attributes. For "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the
1372hidden .virtfs_metadata directory. Directories exported by this security model cannot
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301373interact with other unix tools. "none" security model is same as
1374passthrough except the sever won't report failures if it fails to
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301375set file attributes like ownership. Security model is mandatory only
Greg Kurz93aee842018-12-12 14:18:10 +01001376for local fsdriver. Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301377model as a parameter.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301378@item writeout=@var{writeout}
1379This is an optional argument. The only supported value is "immediate".
1380This means that host page cache will be used to read and write data but
1381write notification will be sent to the guest only when the data has been
1382reported as written by the storage subsystem.
M. Mohan Kumar2c74c2c2011-10-25 12:10:39 +05301383@item readonly
1384Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By default
1385read-write access is given.
M. Mohan Kumar84a87cc2011-12-14 13:58:47 +05301386@item socket=@var{socket}
1387Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001388communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like libvirt
1389will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as sock_fd.
M. Mohan Kumarf67e3ff2011-12-14 13:58:46 +05301390@item sock_fd
1391Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock_fd' as the socket
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001392descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001393@item fmode=@var{fmode}
1394Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. Works only
1395with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
1396@item dmode=@var{dmode}
1397Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the host. Works
1398only with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001399@item mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
1400Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this export point.
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301401@end table
1402ETEXI
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301403
Aneesh Kumar K.V9db221a2011-10-25 12:10:40 +05301404DEF("virtfs_synth", 0, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs_synth,
1405 "-virtfs_synth Create synthetic file system image\n",
1406 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1407STEXI
1408@item -virtfs_synth
1409@findex -virtfs_synth
Greg Kurz6e4199a2019-05-17 17:34:48 +02001410Create synthetic file system image. Note that this option is now deprecated.
1411Please use @code{-fsdev synth} and @code{-device virtio-9p-...} instead.
Aneesh Kumar K.V9db221a2011-10-25 12:10:40 +05301412ETEXI
1413
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001414DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
1415 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password]\n"
1416 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE\n"
1417 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1418 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1419 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1420
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001421STEXI
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02001422@item -iscsi
1423@findex -iscsi
1424Configure iSCSI session parameters.
1425ETEXI
1426
1427STEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001428@end table
1429ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001430DEFHEADING()
1431
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001432DEFHEADING(USB options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001433STEXI
1434@table @option
1435ETEXI
1436
1437DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001438 "-usb enable the USB driver (if it is not used by default yet)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001439 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1440STEXI
1441@item -usb
1442@findex -usb
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001443Enable the USB driver (if it is not used by default yet).
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001444ETEXI
1445
1446DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
1447 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
1448 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1449STEXI
1450
1451@item -usbdevice @var{devname}
1452@findex -usbdevice
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001453Add the USB device @var{devname}. Note that this option is deprecated,
1454please use @code{-device usb-...} instead. @xref{usb_devices}.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001455
1456@table @option
1457
1458@item mouse
1459Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1460
1461@item tablet
1462Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a touchscreen). This
1463means QEMU is able to report the mouse position without having to grab the
1464mouse. Also overrides the PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1465
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001466@item braille
1467Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille output on a real
1468or fake device.
1469
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001470@end table
1471ETEXI
1472
1473STEXI
1474@end table
1475ETEXI
1476DEFHEADING()
1477
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001478DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001479STEXI
1480@table @option
1481ETEXI
1482
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001483DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001484 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001485 "-display sdl[,frame=on|off][,alt_grab=on|off][,ctrl_grab=on|off]\n"
Elie Tournier4867e472018-04-13 14:58:42 +01001486 " [,window_close=on|off][,gl=on|core|es|off]\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001487 "-display gtk[,grab_on_hover=on|off][,gl=on|off]|\n"
1488 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
Samuel Thibault2f8b7cd2019-03-11 14:51:27 +01001489 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
Erik Skultety144aaa92018-11-16 11:14:44 +01001490 "-display none\n"
1491 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001492 " select display type\n"
1493 "The default display is equivalent to\n"
1494#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
1495 "\t\"-display gtk\"\n"
1496#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
1497 "\t\"-display sdl\"\n"
1498#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
1499 "\t\"-display cocoa\"\n"
1500#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
1501 "\t\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
1502#else
1503 "\t\"-display none\"\n"
1504#endif
1505 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001506STEXI
1507@item -display @var{type}
1508@findex -display
1509Select type of display to use. This option is a replacement for the
1510old style -sdl/-curses/... options. Valid values for @var{type} are
1511@table @option
1512@item sdl
1513Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
1514window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
1515@item curses
1516Display video output via curses. For graphics device models which
1517support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
1518curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
1519device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not support
1520a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models support text mode.
Samuel Thibault2f8b7cd2019-03-11 14:51:27 +01001521The font charset used by the guest can be specified with the
1522@code{charset} option, for example @code{charset=CP850} for IBM CP850
1523encoding. The default is @code{CP437}.
Jes Sorensen4171d322011-03-16 13:33:32 +01001524@item none
1525Do not display video output. The guest will still see an emulated
1526graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to the QEMU
1527user. This option differs from the -nographic option in that it
1528only affects what is done with video output; -nographic also changes
1529the destination of the serial and parallel port data.
Jan Kiszka881249c2014-03-12 08:33:50 +01001530@item gtk
1531Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides drop-down
1532menus and other UI elements to configure and control the VM during
1533runtime.
Jes Sorensen3264ff12011-03-16 13:33:33 +01001534@item vnc
1535Start a VNC server on display <arg>
Erik Skultety144aaa92018-11-16 11:14:44 +01001536@item egl-headless
1537Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any graphical display,
1538this display needs to be paired with either VNC or SPICE displays.
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001539@item spice-app
1540Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
1541application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles and
1542QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001543@end table
1544ETEXI
1545
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001546DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001547 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
1548 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001549STEXI
1550@item -nographic
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001551@findex -nographic
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001552Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1553output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1554window. With this option, you can totally disable graphical output so
1555that QEMU is a simple command line application. The emulated serial port
1556is redirected on the console and muxed with the monitor (unless
1557redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you can still use QEMU to
1558debug a Linux kernel with a serial console. Use @key{C-a h} for help on
1559switching between the console and monitor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001560ETEXI
1561
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001562DEF("curses", 0, QEMU_OPTION_curses,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001563 "-curses shorthand for -display curses\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001564 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001565STEXI
1566@item -curses
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01001567@findex -curses
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001568Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1569output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1570window. With this option, QEMU can display the VGA output when in text
1571mode using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed in graphical
1572mode.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001573ETEXI
1574
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001575DEF("alt-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_alt_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001576 "-alt-grab use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1577 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001578STEXI
1579@item -alt-grab
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001580@findex -alt-grab
Brad Hardsde1db2a2011-04-29 21:46:12 +10001581Use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this also
1582affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode switching, etc).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001583ETEXI
1584
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001585DEF("ctrl-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_ctrl_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001586 "-ctrl-grab use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1587 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001588STEXI
1589@item -ctrl-grab
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001590@findex -ctrl-grab
Brad Hardsde1db2a2011-04-29 21:46:12 +10001591Use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this also
1592affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode switching, etc).
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001593ETEXI
1594
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001595DEF("no-quit", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_quit,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001596 "-no-quit disable SDL window close capability\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001597STEXI
1598@item -no-quit
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001599@findex -no-quit
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001600Disable SDL window close capability.
1601ETEXI
1602
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001603DEF("sdl", 0, QEMU_OPTION_sdl,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001604 "-sdl shorthand for -display sdl\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001605STEXI
1606@item -sdl
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001607@findex -sdl
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001608Enable SDL.
1609ETEXI
1610
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001611DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001612 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
1613 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
1614 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Marc-André Lureaufe4831b2015-01-13 17:57:51 +01001615 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr][,ipv4|ipv6|unix]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001616 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
1617 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
1618 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
1619 " [,sasl][,password=<secret>][,disable-ticketing]\n"
1620 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
1621 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
1622 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
1623 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02001624 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
1625 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04001626 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001627 " enable spice\n"
1628 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
1629 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001630STEXI
1631@item -spice @var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]
1632@findex -spice
1633Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
1634
1635@table @option
1636
1637@item port=<nr>
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001638Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001639
Gerd Hoffmann333b0ee2010-08-27 14:29:16 +02001640@item addr=<addr>
1641Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any address.
1642
1643@item ipv4
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001644@itemx ipv6
1645@itemx unix
Gerd Hoffmann333b0ee2010-08-27 14:29:16 +02001646Force using the specified IP version.
1647
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001648@item password=<secret>
1649Set the password you need to authenticate.
1650
Marc-André Lureau48b3ed02011-05-17 10:40:33 +02001651@item sasl
1652Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
1653The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled from the
1654system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu' service. This
1655is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an
1656unprivileged user, an environment variable SASL_CONF_PATH can be used
1657to make it search alternate locations for the service config.
1658While some SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
1659it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and
1660'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This
1661ensures a data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
1662credentials.
1663
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001664@item disable-ticketing
1665Allow client connects without authentication.
1666
Hans de Goeded4970b02011-03-27 16:43:54 +02001667@item disable-copy-paste
1668Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
1669
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02001670@item disable-agent-file-xfer
1671Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the guest.
1672
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001673@item tls-port=<nr>
1674Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
1675
1676@item x509-dir=<dir>
1677Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc $display,x509=$dir
1678
1679@item x509-key-file=<file>
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001680@itemx x509-key-password=<file>
1681@itemx x509-cert-file=<file>
1682@itemx x509-cacert-file=<file>
1683@itemx x509-dh-key-file=<file>
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001684The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
1685
1686@item tls-ciphers=<list>
1687Specify which ciphers to use.
1688
Alon Levyd70d6b32011-12-20 13:05:18 +02001689@item tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001690@itemx plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]
Gerd Hoffmann17b6dea2010-08-27 14:09:56 +02001691Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS encryption. The
1692options can be specified multiple times to configure multiple
1693channels. The special name "default" can be used to set the default
1694mode. For channels which are not explicitly forced into one mode the
1695spice client is allowed to pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
1696
Yonit Halperin9f04e092010-07-14 13:26:34 +03001697@item image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]
1698Configure image compression (lossless).
1699Default is auto_glz.
1700
1701@item jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001702@itemx zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]
Yonit Halperin9f04e092010-07-14 13:26:34 +03001703Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links).
1704Default is auto.
1705
Gerd Hoffmann84a23f22010-08-30 16:36:53 +02001706@item streaming-video=[off|all|filter]
Li Zhijian93ca5192016-08-01 12:06:59 +08001707Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
Gerd Hoffmann84a23f22010-08-30 16:36:53 +02001708
1709@item agent-mouse=[on|off]
1710Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
1711
1712@item playback-compression=[on|off]
1713Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1). Default is on.
1714
Yonit Halperin8c957052012-08-21 11:51:59 +03001715@item seamless-migration=[on|off]
1716Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
1717
Gerd Hoffmann474114b2015-10-13 15:39:34 +02001718@item gl=[on|off]
1719Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
1720
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04001721@item rendernode=<file>
1722DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will pick
1723the first available. (Since 2.9)
1724
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001725@end table
1726ETEXI
1727
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001728DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001729 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
1730 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001731STEXI
1732@item -portrait
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001733@findex -portrait
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001734Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
1735ETEXI
1736
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03001737DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
1738 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
1739 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1740STEXI
Markus Armbruster6265c432013-02-13 19:49:39 +01001741@item -rotate @var{deg}
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03001742@findex -rotate
1743Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
1744ETEXI
1745
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001746DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02001747 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001748 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001749STEXI
malce4558dc2012-08-27 18:33:21 +04001750@item -vga @var{type}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001751@findex -vga
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001752Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for @var{type} are
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001753@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001754@item cirrus
1755Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting from
1756Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For optimal
1757performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and the host OS.
Alberto Garcia41eeb0e2017-01-27 11:41:54 +02001758(This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001759@item std
1760Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
1761supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if you want
1762to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you should use
Alberto Garcia41eeb0e2017-01-27 11:41:54 +02001763this option. (This card is the default since QEMU 2.2)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001764@item vmware
1765VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have sufficiently
1766recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a driver for this
1767card.
Gerd Hoffmanna19cbfb2010-04-27 11:50:11 +02001768@item qxl
1769QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including VESA
17702.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers installed though.
1771Recommended choice when using the spice protocol.
Mark Cave-Ayland33632782014-03-17 21:46:25 +00001772@item tcx
1773(sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default framebuffer for
1774sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit colour depths at a
1775fixed resolution of 1024x768.
1776@item cg3
1777(sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit framebuffer
1778for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP)
1779resolutions aimed at people wishing to run older Solaris versions.
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02001780@item virtio
1781Virtio VGA card.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001782@item none
1783Disable VGA card.
1784@end table
1785ETEXI
1786
1787DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001788 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001789STEXI
1790@item -full-screen
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001791@findex -full-screen
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001792Start in full screen.
1793ETEXI
1794
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001795DEF("g", 1, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001796 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
1797 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001798STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01001799@item -g @var{width}x@var{height}[x@var{depth}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001800@findex -g
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01001801Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001802ETEXI
1803
1804DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001805 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001806STEXI
1807@item -vnc @var{display}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001808@findex -vnc
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001809Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1810output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1811window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on VNC display
1812@var{display} and redirect the VGA display over the VNC session. It is
1813very useful to enable the usb tablet device when using this option
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001814(option @option{-device usb-tablet}). When using the VNC display, you
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001815must use the @option{-k} parameter to set the keyboard layout if you are
1816not using en-us. Valid syntax for the @var{display} is
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001817
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001818@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001819
Robert Ho99a9a522016-05-31 15:03:09 +08001820@item to=@var{L}
1821
1822With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC @var{display}s, until the
1823number @var{L}, if the origianlly defined "-vnc @var{display}" is not
1824available, e.g. port 5900+@var{display} is already used by another
1825application. By default, to=0.
1826
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001827@item @var{host}:@var{d}
1828
1829TCP connections will only be allowed from @var{host} on display @var{d}.
1830By convention the TCP port is 5900+@var{d}. Optionally, @var{host} can
1831be omitted in which case the server will accept connections from any host.
1832
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001833@item unix:@var{path}
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001834
1835Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where @var{path} is the
1836location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
1837
1838@item none
1839
1840VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor @code{change} command
1841can be used to later start the VNC server.
1842
1843@end table
1844
1845Following the @var{display} value there may be one or more @var{option} flags
1846separated by commas. Valid options are
1847
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001848@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001849
1850@item reverse
1851
1852Connect to a listening VNC client via a ``reverse'' connection. The
1853client is specified by the @var{display}. For reverse network
1854connections (@var{host}:@var{d},@code{reverse}), the @var{d} argument
1855is a TCP port number, not a display number.
1856
Tim Hardeck7536ee42013-01-21 11:04:44 +01001857@item websocket
1858
1859Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC Websocket connections.
Daniel P. Berrange275e0d62017-02-03 12:06:45 +00001860If a bare @var{websocket} option is given, the Websocket port is
18615700+@var{display}. An alternative port can be specified with the
1862syntax @code{websocket}=@var{port}.
1863
1864If @var{host} is specified connections will only be allowed from this host.
1865It is possible to control the websocket listen address independently, using
1866the syntax @code{websocket}=@var{host}:@var{port}.
1867
Daniel P. Berrange3e305e42015-08-06 14:39:32 +01001868If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection runs in
1869unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
1870requires encrypted client connections.
Tim Hardeck7536ee42013-01-21 11:04:44 +01001871
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001872@item password
1873
1874Require that password based authentication is used for client connections.
Michal Novotny86ee5bc2012-07-16 15:54:38 +02001875
1876The password must be set separately using the @code{set_password} command in
1877the @ref{pcsys_monitor}. The syntax to change your password is:
1878@code{set_password <protocol> <password>} where <protocol> could be either
1879"vnc" or "spice".
1880
1881If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you should use
1882@code{expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>} where expiration time could
1883be one of the following options: now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of
1884expiration, e.g. +60 to make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800
1885to make password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for this
1886date and time).
1887
1888You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration time to
1889allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never expire.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001890
Daniel P. Berrange3e305e42015-08-06 14:39:32 +01001891@item tls-creds=@var{ID}
1892
1893Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
1894VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
1895and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
1896will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
1897mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
1898using the @option{-object tls-creds} argument.
1899
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00001900@item tls-authz=@var{ID}
1901
1902Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
1903the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object is
1904only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
1905fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
1906to denying access.
1907
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001908@item sasl
1909
1910Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC server.
1911The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled from the
1912system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu' service. This
1913is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an
1914unprivileged user, an environment variable SASL_CONF_PATH can be used
1915to make it search alternate locations for the service config.
1916While some SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
1917it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and
1918'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This
1919ensures a data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
1920credentials. See the @ref{vnc_security} section for details on using
1921SASL authentication.
1922
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00001923@item sasl-authz=@var{ID}
1924
1925Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
1926the client's SASL username will validated. This object is
1927only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
1928fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
1929to denying access.
1930
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001931@item acl
1932
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00001933Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
1934x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the creation
1935of two @code{authz-list} objects with IDs of @code{vnc.username} and
1936@code{vnc.x509dname}. The rules for these objects must be configured
1937with the HMP ACL commands.
1938
1939This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
1940@option{sasl-authz} and @option{tls-authz} options are a
1941replacement.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001942
Corentin Chary6f9c78c2010-07-07 20:57:51 +02001943@item lossy
1944
1945Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
1946option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
1947depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can save
1948a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
1949
Corentin Chary80e0c8c2011-02-04 09:06:08 +01001950@item non-adaptive
1951
1952Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by default.
1953An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently updated screen regions,
1954and send updates in these regions using a lossy encoding (like JPEG).
Stefan Weil61cc8702011-04-13 22:45:22 +02001955This can be really helpful to save bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04001956adaptive encodings restores the original static behavior of encodings
Corentin Chary80e0c8c2011-02-04 09:06:08 +01001957like Tight.
1958
Gerd Hoffmann8cf36482011-11-24 18:10:49 +01001959@item share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]
1960
1961Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to ask
1962for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
1963implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
1964clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared session
1965(vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default. 'force-shared'
1966disables exclusive client access. Useful for shared desktop sessions,
1967where you don't want someone forgetting specify -shared disconnect
1968everybody else. 'ignore' completely ignores the shared flag and
1969allows everybody connect unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02001970spec but is traditional QEMU behavior.
Gerd Hoffmann8cf36482011-11-24 18:10:49 +01001971
Gerd Hoffmannc5ce8332016-06-01 08:22:30 +02001972@item key-delay-ms
1973
1974Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in milliseconds.
Alexander Grafd3b0db62017-07-12 14:43:45 +02001975Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth devices, so this slowdown
Gerd Hoffmannc5ce8332016-06-01 08:22:30 +02001976can help the device and guest to keep up and not lose events in case
1977events are arriving in bulk. Possible causes for the latter are flaky
1978network connections, or scripts for automated testing.
1979
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001980@end table
1981ETEXI
1982
1983STEXI
1984@end table
1985ETEXI
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11001986ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001987
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001988ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001989STEXI
1990@table @option
1991ETEXI
1992
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001993DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001994 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
1995 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001996STEXI
1997@item -win2k-hack
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001998@findex -win2k-hack
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001999Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2000Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this option
2001slows down the IDE transfers).
2002ETEXI
2003
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002004DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002005 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2006 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002007STEXI
2008@item -no-fd-bootchk
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002009@findex -no-fd-bootchk
Markus Armbruster4eda32f2013-06-14 13:15:06 +02002010Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002011be needed to boot from old floppy disks.
2012ETEXI
2013
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002014DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01002015 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002016STEXI
2017@item -no-acpi
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002018@findex -no-acpi
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002019Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support. Use
2020it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target machine
2021only).
2022ETEXI
2023
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002024DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002025 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002026STEXI
2027@item -no-hpet
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002028@findex -no-hpet
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002029Disable HPET support.
2030ETEXI
2031
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002032DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002033 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002034 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002035STEXI
2036@item -acpitable [sig=@var{str}][,rev=@var{n}][,oem_id=@var{str}][,oem_table_id=@var{str}][,oem_rev=@var{n}] [,asl_compiler_id=@var{str}][,asl_compiler_rev=@var{n}][,data=@var{file1}[:@var{file2}]...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002037@findex -acpitable
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002038Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from specified files.
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002039For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified files, including all
2040ACPI headers (possible overridden by other options).
2041For data=, only data
2042portion of the table is used, all header information is specified in the
2043command line.
Laszlo Ersekae123742016-01-18 15:12:13 +01002044If a SLIC table is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem_id and oem_table_id
2045fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a. FACP), in order
2046to ensure the field matches required by the Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI
2047spec.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002048ETEXI
2049
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002050DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2051 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002052 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002053 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2054 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002055 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002056 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2057 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002058 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2059 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2060 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2061 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2062 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2063 " [,sku=str]\n"
2064 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2065 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2066 " [,asset=str][,part=str]\n"
2067 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
2068 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002069 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002070 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n",
Wei Huangc30e1562015-09-07 10:39:29 +01002071 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002072STEXI
2073@item -smbios file=@var{binary}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002074@findex -smbios
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002075Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2076
Gabriel L. Somlo84351842014-05-19 10:09:54 -04002077@item -smbios type=0[,vendor=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,date=@var{str}][,release=@var{%d.%d}][,uefi=on|off]
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002078Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2079
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002080@item -smbios type=1[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,product=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,uuid=@var{uuid}][,sku=@var{str}][,family=@var{str}]
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002081Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002082
2083@item -smbios type=2[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,product=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,location=@var{str}][,family=@var{str}]
2084Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2085
2086@item -smbios type=3[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,sku=@var{str}]
2087Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2088
2089@item -smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=@var{str}][,manufacturer=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,part=@var{str}]
2090Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2091
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002092@item -smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=@var{str}][,bank=@var{str}][,manufacturer=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,part=@var{str}][,speed=@var{%d}]
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002093Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002094ETEXI
2095
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002096STEXI
2097@end table
2098ETEXI
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002099DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002100
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002101DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002102STEXI
2103@table @option
2104ETEXI
2105
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002106DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002107#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002108 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4[=on|off]][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2109 " [,ipv6[=on|off]][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
2110 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002111 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002112 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002113#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002114 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002115#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002116 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2117 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002118#endif
2119#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002120 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2121 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002122#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002123 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002124 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002125 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002126 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002127 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002128 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002129 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2130 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2131 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002132 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002133 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2134 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002135 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002136 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002137 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002138 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002139 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2140 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002141 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002142 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2143 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002144 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002145 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002146 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002147 " use 'poll-us=n' to speciy the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
2148 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002149 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2150 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2151 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2152 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002153#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002154#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002155 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
2156 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on/off][,udp=on/off]\n"
2157 " [,cookie64=on/off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
2158 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2159 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2160 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002161 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002162 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002163 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
2164 " standard (RFC3391). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
2165 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2166 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2167 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2168 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002169 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002170 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2171 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2172 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2173 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2174 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2175 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2176 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2177 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2178 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2179 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2180#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002181 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2182 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2183 " using a socket connection\n"
2184 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2185 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002186 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002187 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2188 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2189 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002190#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002191 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2192 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2193 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002194 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2195 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2196#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002197#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002198 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002199 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2200 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2201 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2202#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002203#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002204 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2205 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002206#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002207 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002208 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002209DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002210 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002211#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2212 "user|"
2213#endif
2214#ifdef __linux__
2215 "l2tpv3|"
2216#endif
2217#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2218 "vde|"
2219#endif
2220#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2221 "netmap|"
2222#endif
2223#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2224 "vhost-user|"
2225#endif
2226 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2227 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2228 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002229 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002230 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2231 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002232DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002233 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002234 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002235 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002236 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002237#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2238 "user|"
2239#endif
2240 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002241 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002242#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2243 "vde|"
2244#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002245#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2246 "netmap|"
2247#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002248 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002249 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
2250 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002251STEXI
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002252@item -nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]
2253@findex -nic
2254This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board (default) guest
2255NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go. The host backend options
2256are the same as with the corresponding @option{-netdev} options below.
2257The guest NIC model can be set with @option{model=@var{modelname}}.
2258Use @option{model=help} to list the available device types.
2259The hardware MAC address can be set with @option{mac=@var{macaddr}}.
2260
2261The following two example do exactly the same, to show how @option{-nic} can
2262be used to shorten the command line length (note that the e1000 is the default
2263on i386, so the @option{model=e1000} parameter could even be omitted here, too):
2264@example
2265qemu-system-i386 -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2266qemu-system-i386 -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2267@end example
2268
2269@item -nic none
2270Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to override
2271the default configuration (default NIC with ``user'' host network backend)
2272which is activated if no other networking options are provided.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002273
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002274@item -netdev user,id=@var{id}[,@var{option}][,@var{option}][,...]
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01002275@findex -netdev
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002276Configure user mode host network backend which requires no administrator
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002277privilege to run. Valid options are:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002278
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02002279@table @option
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002280@item id=@var{id}
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002281Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
2282
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002283@item ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off
2284Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is specified
2285both protocols are enabled.
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002286
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002287@item net=@var{addr}[/@var{mask}]
2288Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify the netmask,
2289either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid top-most bits. Default is
Brad Hardsb0b36e52011-04-24 17:19:56 +1000229010.0.2.0/24.
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002291
2292@item host=@var{addr}
2293Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the 2nd IP in the
2294guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002295
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002296@item ipv6-net=@var{addr}[/@var{int}]
2297Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is fec0::/64). The
2298network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal IPv6 address
2299notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given as the number of
2300valid top-most bits (default is 64).
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002301
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002302@item ipv6-host=@var{addr}
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002303Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is the 2nd IPv6 in
2304the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
2305
Jan Kiszkac54ed5b2011-07-20 12:20:14 +02002306@item restrict=on|off
Brad Hardscaef55e2011-06-09 07:50:43 +10002307If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it will not be
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002308able to contact the host and no guest IP packets will be routed over the host
Brad Hardscaef55e2011-06-09 07:50:43 +10002309to the outside. This option does not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002310
2311@item hostname=@var{name}
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002312Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP server.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002313
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002314@item dhcpstart=@var{addr}
2315Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can assign. Default
Brad Hardsb0b36e52011-04-24 17:19:56 +10002316is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002317
2318@item dns=@var{addr}
2319Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The address must
2320be different from the host address. Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network,
2321i.e. x.x.x.3.
2322
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002323@item ipv6-dns=@var{addr}
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002324Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual nameserver. The address
2325must be different from the host address. Default is the 3rd IP in the guest
2326network, i.e. xxxx::3.
2327
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002328@item dnssearch=@var{domain}
2329Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the built-in
2330DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be transmitted by specifying
2331this option multiple times. If supported, this will cause the guest to
2332automatically try to append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name
2333can not be resolved.
2334
2335Example:
2336@example
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002337qemu-system-i386 -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002338@end example
2339
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002340@item domainname=@var{domain}
2341Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP server.
2342
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002343@item tftp=@var{dir}
2344When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
2345server. The files in @var{dir} will be exposed as the root of a TFTP server.
2346The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in binary mode (use the command
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002347@code{bin} of the Unix TFTP client).
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002348
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002349@item tftp-server-name=@var{name}
2350In BOOTP reply, broadcast @var{name} as the "TFTP server name" (RFC2132 option
235166). This can be used to advise the guest to load boot files or configurations
2352from a different server than the host address.
2353
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002354@item bootfile=@var{file}
2355When using the user mode network stack, broadcast @var{file} as the BOOTP
2356filename. In conjunction with @option{tftp}, this can be used to network boot
2357a guest from a local directory.
2358
2359Example (using pxelinux):
2360@example
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002361qemu-system-i386 -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \
2362 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002363@end example
2364
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002365@item smb=@var{dir}[,smbserver=@var{addr}]
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002366When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
2367server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in @file{@var{dir}}
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002368transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be set to @var{addr}. By
2369default the 4th IP in the guest network is used, i.e. x.x.x.4.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002370
2371In the guest Windows OS, the line:
2372@example
237310.0.2.4 smbserver
2374@end example
2375must be added in the file @file{C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS} (for windows 9x/Me)
2376or @file{C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS} (Windows NT/2000).
2377
2378Then @file{@var{dir}} can be accessed in @file{\\smbserver\qemu}.
2379
Brade2d88302011-09-02 16:53:28 -04002380Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002381
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002382@item hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[@var{hostaddr}]:@var{hostport}-[@var{guestaddr}]:@var{guestport}
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002383Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port @var{hostport} to
2384the guest IP address @var{guestaddr} on guest port @var{guestport}. If
2385@var{guestaddr} is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15 (default first address
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002386given by the built-in DHCP server). By specifying @var{hostaddr}, the rule can
2387be bound to a specific host interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002388used. This option can be given multiple times.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002389
2390For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to guest
2391screen 0, use the following:
2392
2393@example
2394# on the host
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002395qemu-system-i386 -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002396# this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
2397xterm -display :1
2398@end example
2399
2400To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet port on
2401the guest, use the following:
2402
2403@example
2404# on the host
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002405qemu-system-i386 -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002406telnet localhost 5555
2407@end example
2408
2409Then when you use on the host @code{telnet localhost 5555}, you
2410connect to the guest telnet server.
2411
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002412@item guestfwd=[tcp]:@var{server}:@var{port}-@var{dev}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02002413@itemx guestfwd=[tcp]:@var{server}:@var{port}-@var{cmd:command}
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002414Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address @var{server} on port @var{port}
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002415to the character device @var{dev} or to a program executed by @var{cmd:command}
2416which gets spawned for each connection. This option can be given multiple times.
2417
Stefan Weil43ffe612012-07-20 23:26:02 +02002418You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used throughout QEMU's
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002419lifetime, like in the following example:
2420
2421@example
2422# open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
2423# the guest accesses it
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002424qemu-system-i386 -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002425@end example
2426
2427Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established by the guest,
Stefan Weil43ffe612012-07-20 23:26:02 +02002428so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process for that virtual server:
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002429
2430@example
2431# call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
2432# and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002433qemu-system-i386 -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002434@end example
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002435
2436@end table
2437
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002438@item -netdev tap,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,ifname=@var{name}][,script=@var{file}][,downscript=@var{dfile}][,br=@var{bridge}][,helper=@var{helper}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002439Configure a host TAP network backend with ID @var{id}.
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002440
2441Use the network script @var{file} to configure it and the network script
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002442@var{dfile} to deconfigure it. If @var{name} is not provided, the OS
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002443automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
2444@file{/etc/qemu-ifup} and the default network deconfigure script is
2445@file{/etc/qemu-ifdown}. Use @option{script=no} or @option{downscript=no}
2446to disable script execution.
2447
2448If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002449@var{helper} to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
2450The default network helper executable is @file{/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper}
2451and the default bridge device is @file{br0}.
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002452
2453@option{fd}=@var{h} can be used to specify the handle of an already
2454opened host TAP interface.
2455
2456Examples:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002457
2458@example
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002459#launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002460qemu-system-i386 linux.img -nic tap
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002461@end example
2462
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002463@example
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002464#launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
2465#to a TAP device
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002466qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huth74f78b92018-01-15 08:40:17 +01002467 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \
2468 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002469@end example
2470
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002471@example
2472#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2473#connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002474qemu-system-i386 linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \
2475 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002476@end example
2477
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002478@item -netdev bridge,id=@var{id}[,br=@var{bridge}][,helper=@var{helper}]
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002479Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
2480
2481Use the network helper @var{helper} to configure the TAP interface and
2482attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
Amos Kong420508f2013-10-23 04:49:28 +08002483@file{/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper} and the default bridge
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002484device is @file{br0}.
2485
2486Examples:
2487
2488@example
2489#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2490#connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002491qemu-system-i386 linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002492@end example
2493
2494@example
2495#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2496#connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002497qemu-system-i386 linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002498@end example
2499
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002500@item -netdev socket,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,listen=[@var{host}]:@var{port}][,connect=@var{host}:@var{port}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002501
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002502This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network to
2503another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If @option{listen}
2504is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on @var{port}
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002505(@var{host} is optional). @option{connect} is used to connect to
2506another QEMU instance using the @option{listen} option. @option{fd}=@var{h}
2507specifies an already opened TCP socket.
2508
2509Example:
2510@example
2511# launch a first QEMU instance
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002512qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002513 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2514 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
2515# connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002516qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002517 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \
2518 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002519@end example
2520
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002521@item -netdev socket,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,mcast=@var{maddr}:@var{port}[,localaddr=@var{addr}]]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002522
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002523Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network traffic
2524with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast socket, effectively
2525making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast address @var{maddr} and @var{port}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002526NOTES:
2527@enumerate
2528@item
2529Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus (assuming
2530correct multicast setup for these hosts).
2531@item
2532mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument @option{eth@var{N}=mcast}), see
2533@url{http://user-mode-linux.sf.net}.
2534@item
2535Use @option{fd=h} to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
2536@end enumerate
2537
2538Example:
2539@example
2540# launch one QEMU instance
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002541qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002542 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2543 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002544# launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002545qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002546 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \
2547 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002548# launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002549qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huth37a44422018-08-13 13:51:44 +02002550 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002551 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002552@end example
2553
2554Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
2555@example
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002556# launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002557qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002558 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2559 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002560# launch UML
2561/path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
2562@end example
2563
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002564Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
2565@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02002566qemu-system-i386 linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002567 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2568 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002569@end example
2570
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002571@item -netdev l2tpv3,id=@var{id},src=@var{srcaddr},dst=@var{dstaddr}[,srcport=@var{srcport}][,dstport=@var{dstport}],txsession=@var{txsession}[,rxsession=@var{rxsession}][,ipv6][,udp][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=@var{txcookie}][,rxcookie=@var{rxcookie}][,offset=@var{offset}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002572Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3391) is a
2573popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data frames between
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002574two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and the Linux kernel
2575(from version 3.3 onwards).
2576
2577This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or firewall directly.
2578
Markus Armbruster1e9a7372017-10-02 16:03:01 +02002579@table @option
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002580@item src=@var{srcaddr}
2581 source address (mandatory)
2582@item dst=@var{dstaddr}
2583 destination address (mandatory)
2584@item udp
2585 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
2586@item srcport=@var{srcport}
2587 source udp port.
2588@item dstport=@var{dstport}
2589 destination udp port.
2590@item ipv6
2591 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
2592@item rxcookie=@var{rxcookie}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02002593@itemx txcookie=@var{txcookie}
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002594 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
2595Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default they are 32
2596bit.
2597@item cookie64
2598 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
2599@item counter=off
2600 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
2601draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
2602@item pincounter=on
2603 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help on
2604networks which have packet reorder.
2605@item offset=@var{offset}
2606 Add an extra offset between header and data
Markus Armbruster1e9a7372017-10-02 16:03:01 +02002607@end table
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002608
2609For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to the bridge br-lan
2610on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
2611@example
2612# Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
2613# on 1.2.3.4
2614ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \
2615 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
2616ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \
2617 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
2618ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
2619ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
2620brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
2621
2622
2623# on 4.3.2.1
2624# launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
2625
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002626qemu-system-i386 linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \
2627 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002628
2629@end example
2630
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002631@item -netdev vde,id=@var{id}[,sock=@var{socketpath}][,port=@var{n}][,group=@var{groupname}][,mode=@var{octalmode}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002632Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT @var{n} of a vde switch running on host and
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002633listening for incoming connections on @var{socketpath}. Use GROUP @var{groupname}
2634and MODE @var{octalmode} to change default ownership and permissions for
Stefan Weilc1ba4e02011-09-05 18:13:03 +02002635communication port. This option is only available if QEMU has been compiled
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002636with vde support enabled.
2637
2638Example:
2639@example
2640# launch vde switch
2641vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
2642# launch QEMU instance
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002643qemu-system-i386 linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002644@end example
2645
Changchun Ouyangb931bfb2015-09-23 12:20:00 +08002646@item -netdev vhost-user,chardev=@var{id}[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002647
2648Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev @var{id}. The chardev should
2649be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a specifically defined
2650protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
2651end of the socket. On non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with
Changchun Ouyangb931bfb2015-09-23 12:20:00 +08002652@var{vhostforce}. Use 'queues=@var{n}' to specify the number of queues to
2653be created for multiqueue vhost-user.
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002654
2655Example:
2656@example
2657qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
2658 -numa node,memdev=mem \
Vincenzo Maffione79cad2f2017-02-20 17:45:09 +01002659 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002660 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
2661 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
2662@end example
2663
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002664@item -netdev hubport,id=@var{id},hubid=@var{hubid}[,netdev=@var{nd}]
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002665
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002666Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID @var{hubid}.
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002667
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002668The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub instead of a
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002669single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the hubport to another
2670netdev with ID @var{nd} by using the @option{netdev=@var{nd}} option.
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002671
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002672@item -net nic[,netdev=@var{nd}][,macaddr=@var{mac}][,model=@var{type}] [,name=@var{name}][,addr=@var{addr}][,vectors=@var{v}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002673@findex -net
2674Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine default) Network
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002675Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e.
2676the default hub), or to the netdev @var{nd}.
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002677The NIC is an e1000 by default on the PC target. Optionally, the MAC address
2678can be changed to @var{mac}, the device address set to @var{addr} (PCI cards
2679only), and a @var{name} can be assigned for use in monitor commands.
2680Optionally, for PCI cards, you can specify the number @var{v} of MSI-X vectors
2681that the card should have; this option currently only affects virtio cards; set
2682@var{v} = 0 to disable MSI-X. If no @option{-net} option is specified, a single
2683NIC is created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
2684Use @code{-net nic,model=help} for a list of available devices for your target.
2685
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002686@item -net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=@var{name}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002687Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to the same
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002688@option{-netdev} option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0 (the default
2689hub). Use @var{name} to specify the name of the hub port.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002690ETEXI
2691
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002692STEXI
2693@end table
2694ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002695DEFHEADING()
2696
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002697DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002698
2699DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08002700 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002701 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05002702 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4][,ipv6][,nodelay][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002703 " [,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002704 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002705 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002706 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002707 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002708 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4][,ipv6][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002709 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2710 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002711 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002712 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2713 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2714 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2715 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002716#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002717 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2718 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002719#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002720 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2721 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002722#endif
2723#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002724 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002725#endif
2726#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
2727 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002728 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2729 "-chardev tty,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002730#endif
2731#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002732 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2733 "-chardev parport,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002734#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002735#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002736 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2737 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002738#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002739 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002740)
2741
2742STEXI
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002743
2744The general form of a character device option is:
2745@table @option
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002746@item -chardev @var{backend},id=@var{id}[,mux=on|off][,@var{options}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002747@findex -chardev
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002748Backend is one of:
2749@option{null},
2750@option{socket},
2751@option{udp},
2752@option{msmouse},
2753@option{vc},
Markus Armbruster4f573782013-07-26 16:44:32 +02002754@option{ringbuf},
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002755@option{file},
2756@option{pipe},
2757@option{console},
2758@option{serial},
2759@option{pty},
2760@option{stdio},
2761@option{braille},
2762@option{tty},
Gerd Hoffmann88a946d2013-01-10 14:20:58 +01002763@option{parallel},
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002764@option{parport},
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002765@option{spicevmc},
Marc-André Lureau5a49d3e2012-12-05 16:15:34 +01002766@option{spiceport}.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002767The specific backend will determine the applicable options.
2768
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002769Use @code{-chardev help} to print all available chardev backend types.
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08002770
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002771All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127 characters long.
2772It is used to uniquely identify this device in other command line directives.
2773
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002774A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple front-ends.
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002775Specify @option{mux=on} to enable this mode.
2776A multiplexer is a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
2777backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk to a chardev.
2778If you create a chardev with @option{id=myid} and @option{mux=on}, QEMU will
2779create a multiplexer with your specified ID, and you can then configure multiple
2780front ends to use that chardev ID for their input/output. Up to four different
2781front ends can be connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without
2782multiplexing enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.)
2783For instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be used by
2784two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
2785
2786@example
2787-chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
Marc-André Lureaubdbcb542016-10-11 21:41:21 +04002788-mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002789-serial chardev:char0 \
2790-serial chardev:char0
2791@end example
2792
2793You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration; for instance
2794you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0 and UART 1, and stdio
2795multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a parallel port:
2796
2797@example
2798-chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
Marc-André Lureaubdbcb542016-10-11 21:41:21 +04002799-mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002800-parallel chardev:char0 \
2801-chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
2802-serial chardev:char1 \
2803-serial chardev:char1
2804@end example
2805
2806When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape sequences are
2807interpreted in the input. @xref{mux_keys, Keys in the character backend
2808multiplexer}.
2809
2810Note that some other command line options may implicitly create multiplexed
2811character backends; for instance @option{-serial mon:stdio} creates a
2812multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and the QEMU monitor,
2813and @option{-nographic} also multiplexes the console and the monitor to
2814stdio.
2815
2816There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other direction
2817(where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from multiple chardevs).
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002818
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002819Every backend supports the @option{logfile} option, which supplies the path
2820to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The @option{logappend}
2821option controls whether the log file will be truncated or appended to when
2822opened.
2823
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002824@end table
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002825
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002826The available backends are:
2827
2828@table @option
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002829@item -chardev null,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002830A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any data it
2831receives. The null backend does not take any options.
2832
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002833@item -chardev socket,id=@var{id}[,@var{TCP options} or @var{unix options}][,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=@var{seconds}][,tls-creds=@var{id}][,tls-authz=@var{id}]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002834
2835Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix socket. A
2836unix socket will be created if @option{path} is specified. Behaviour is
2837undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix socket.
2838
2839@option{server} specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
2840
2841@option{nowait} specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client to
2842connect to a listening socket.
2843
2844@option{telnet} specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret telnet
2845escape sequences.
2846
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002847@option{websocket} specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
2848communication.
2849
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05002850@option{reconnect} sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server sockets when
2851the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many seconds and then attempt
2852to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting, and is the default.
2853
Daniel P. Berrangea8fb5422016-01-19 11:14:31 +00002854@option{tls-creds} requests enablement of the TLS protocol for encryption,
2855and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for the handshake. The
2856credentials must be previously created with the @option{-object tls-creds}
2857argument.
2858
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002859@option{tls-auth} provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against
2860which the client's x509 distinguished name will be validated. This object is
2861only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the fly
2862while the chardev server is active. If missing, it will default to denying
2863access.
2864
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002865TCP and unix socket options are given below:
2866
2867@table @option
2868
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002869@item TCP options: port=@var{port}[,host=@var{host}][,to=@var{to}][,ipv4][,ipv6][,nodelay]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002870
2871@option{host} for a listening socket specifies the local address to be bound.
2872For a connecting socket species the remote host to connect to. @option{host} is
2873optional for listening sockets. If not specified it defaults to @code{0.0.0.0}.
2874
2875@option{port} for a listening socket specifies the local port to be bound. For a
2876connecting socket specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
2877@option{port} can be given as either a port number or a service name.
2878@option{port} is required.
2879
2880@option{to} is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is specified, and
2881@option{port} cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to bind to subsequent ports up
2882to and including @option{to} until it succeeds. @option{to} must be specified
2883as a port number.
2884
2885@option{ipv4} and @option{ipv6} specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
2886If neither is specified the socket may use either protocol.
2887
2888@option{nodelay} disables the Nagle algorithm.
2889
2890@item unix options: path=@var{path}
2891
2892@option{path} specifies the local path of the unix socket. @option{path} is
2893required.
2894
2895@end table
2896
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002897@item -chardev udp,id=@var{id}[,host=@var{host}],port=@var{port}[,localaddr=@var{localaddr}][,localport=@var{localport}][,ipv4][,ipv6]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002898
2899Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
2900
2901@option{host} specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified it
2902defaults to @code{localhost}.
2903
2904@option{port} specifies the port on the remote host to connect to. @option{port}
2905is required.
2906
2907@option{localaddr} specifies the local address to bind to. If not specified it
2908defaults to @code{0.0.0.0}.
2909
2910@option{localport} specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified any
2911available local port will be used.
2912
2913@option{ipv4} and @option{ipv6} specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
2914If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
2915
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002916@item -chardev msmouse,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002917
2918Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. @option{msmouse} does not
2919take any options.
2920
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002921@item -chardev vc,id=@var{id}[[,width=@var{width}][,height=@var{height}]][[,cols=@var{cols}][,rows=@var{rows}]]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002922
2923Connect to a QEMU text console. @option{vc} may optionally be given a specific
2924size.
2925
2926@option{width} and @option{height} specify the width and height respectively of
2927the console, in pixels.
2928
2929@option{cols} and @option{rows} specify that the console be sized to fit a text
2930console with the given dimensions.
2931
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002932@item -chardev ringbuf,id=@var{id}[,size=@var{size}]
Lei Li51767e72013-01-25 00:03:19 +08002933
Markus Armbruster3949e592013-02-06 21:27:24 +01002934Create a ring buffer with fixed size @option{size}.
Stefan Hajnoczie69f7d22016-09-19 11:56:26 +01002935@var{size} must be a power of two and defaults to @code{64K}.
Lei Li51767e72013-01-25 00:03:19 +08002936
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002937@item -chardev file,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002938
2939Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
2940
2941@option{path} specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will be
2942created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does. @option{path}
2943is required.
2944
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002945@item -chardev pipe,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002946
2947Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs slightly between
2948Windows hosts and other hosts:
2949
2950On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
2951@file{\\.pipe\@option{path}}.
2952
2953On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called @file{@option{path}.in} and
2954@file{@option{path}.out}. Data written to @file{@option{path}.in} will be
2955received by the guest. Data written by the guest can be read from
2956@file{@option{path}.out}. QEMU will not create these fifos, and requires them to
2957be present.
2958
2959@option{path} forms part of the pipe path as described above. @option{path} is
2960required.
2961
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002962@item -chardev console,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002963
2964Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. @option{console} does not
2965take any options.
2966
2967@option{console} is only available on Windows hosts.
2968
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002969@item -chardev serial,id=@var{id},path=@option{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002970
2971Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
2972
Gerd Hoffmannd59044e2012-12-19 13:50:29 +01002973On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device,
2974not only serial lines.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002975
2976@option{path} specifies the name of the serial device to open.
2977
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002978@item -chardev pty,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002979
2980Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. @option{pty} does
2981not take any options.
2982
2983@option{pty} is not available on Windows hosts.
2984
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002985@item -chardev stdio,id=@var{id}[,signal=on|off]
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02002986Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
Aurelien Jarnob7fdb3a2010-07-13 21:13:12 +02002987
2988@option{signal} controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that includes
2989exiting QEMU with the key sequence @key{Control-c}. This option is enabled by
2990default, use @option{signal=off} to disable it.
2991
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002992@item -chardev braille,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002993
2994Connect to a local BrlAPI server. @option{braille} does not take any options.
2995
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002996@item -chardev tty,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002997
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002998@option{tty} is only available on Linux, Sun, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD and
Markus Armbrusterd037d6b2013-02-13 15:54:15 +01002999DragonFlyBSD hosts. It is an alias for @option{serial}.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003000
3001@option{path} specifies the path to the tty. @option{path} is required.
3002
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003003@item -chardev parallel,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
3004@itemx -chardev parport,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003005
Gerd Hoffmann88a946d2013-01-10 14:20:58 +01003006@option{parallel} is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD hosts.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003007
3008Connect to a local parallel port.
3009
3010@option{path} specifies the path to the parallel port device. @option{path} is
3011required.
3012
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003013@item -chardev spicevmc,id=@var{id},debug=@var{debug},name=@var{name}
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003014
Stefan Hajnoczi3a846902011-10-06 11:24:12 +01003015@option{spicevmc} is only available when spice support is built in.
3016
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003017@option{debug} debug level for spicevmc
3018
3019@option{name} name of spice channel to connect to
3020
3021Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003022
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003023@item -chardev spiceport,id=@var{id},debug=@var{debug},name=@var{name}
Marc-André Lureau5a49d3e2012-12-05 16:15:34 +01003024
3025@option{spiceport} is only available when spice support is built in.
3026
3027@option{debug} debug level for spicevmc
3028
3029@option{name} name of spice port to connect to
3030
3031Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the traffic
3032identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003033ETEXI
3034
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01003035STEXI
3036@end table
3037ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003038DEFHEADING()
3039
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003040DEFHEADING(Bluetooth(R) options:)
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01003041STEXI
3042@table @option
3043ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003044
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003045DEF("bt", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bt, \
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003046 "-bt hci,null dumb bluetooth HCI - doesn't respond to commands\n" \
3047 "-bt hci,host[:id]\n" \
3048 " use host's HCI with the given name\n" \
3049 "-bt hci[,vlan=n]\n" \
3050 " emulate a standard HCI in virtual scatternet 'n'\n" \
3051 "-bt vhci[,vlan=n]\n" \
3052 " add host computer to virtual scatternet 'n' using VHCI\n" \
3053 "-bt device:dev[,vlan=n]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003054 " emulate a bluetooth device 'dev' in scatternet 'n'\n",
3055 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003056STEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003057@item -bt hci[...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003058@findex -bt
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003059Defines the function of the corresponding Bluetooth HCI. -bt options
3060are matched with the HCIs present in the chosen machine type. For
3061example when emulating a machine with only one HCI built into it, only
3062the first @code{-bt hci[...]} option is valid and defines the HCI's
3063logic. The Transport Layer is decided by the machine type. Currently
3064the machines @code{n800} and @code{n810} have one HCI and all other
3065machines have none.
3066
Thomas Huthc0188e62018-11-12 11:00:30 +01003067Note: This option and the whole bluetooth subsystem is considered as deprecated.
3068If you still use it, please send a mail to @email{qemu-devel@@nongnu.org} where
3069you describe your usecase.
3070
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003071@anchor{bt-hcis}
3072The following three types are recognized:
3073
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02003074@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003075@item -bt hci,null
3076(default) The corresponding Bluetooth HCI assumes no internal logic
3077and will not respond to any HCI commands or emit events.
3078
3079@item -bt hci,host[:@var{id}]
3080(@code{bluez} only) The corresponding HCI passes commands / events
3081to / from the physical HCI identified by the name @var{id} (default:
3082@code{hci0}) on the computer running QEMU. Only available on @code{bluez}
3083capable systems like Linux.
3084
3085@item -bt hci[,vlan=@var{n}]
3086Add a virtual, standard HCI that will participate in the Bluetooth
3087scatternet @var{n} (default @code{0}). Similarly to @option{-net}
3088VLANs, devices inside a bluetooth network @var{n} can only communicate
3089with other devices in the same network (scatternet).
3090@end table
3091
3092@item -bt vhci[,vlan=@var{n}]
3093(Linux-host only) Create a HCI in scatternet @var{n} (default 0) attached
3094to the host bluetooth stack instead of to the emulated target. This
3095allows the host and target machines to participate in a common scatternet
3096and communicate. Requires the Linux @code{vhci} driver installed. Can
3097be used as following:
3098
3099@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02003100qemu-system-i386 [...OPTIONS...] -bt hci,vlan=5 -bt vhci,vlan=5
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003101@end example
3102
3103@item -bt device:@var{dev}[,vlan=@var{n}]
3104Emulate a bluetooth device @var{dev} and place it in network @var{n}
3105(default @code{0}). QEMU can only emulate one type of bluetooth devices
3106currently:
3107
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02003108@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003109@item keyboard
3110Virtual wireless keyboard implementing the HIDP bluetooth profile.
3111@end table
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003112ETEXI
3113
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01003114STEXI
3115@end table
3116ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003117DEFHEADING()
3118
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003119#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003120DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003121
3122DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003123 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3124 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3125 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003126 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3127 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3128 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003129 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3130STEXI
3131
3132The general form of a TPM device option is:
3133@table @option
3134
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003135@item -tpmdev @var{backend},id=@var{id}[,@var{options}]
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003136@findex -tpmdev
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003137
3138The specific backend type will determine the applicable options.
Corey Bryant28c4fa32013-03-20 12:34:49 -04003139The @code{-tpmdev} option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3140@code{-device} option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003141
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02003142Use @code{-tpmdev help} to print all available TPM backend types.
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003143
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02003144@end table
3145
3146The available backends are:
3147
3148@table @option
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003149
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003150@item -tpmdev passthrough,id=@var{id},path=@var{path},cancel-path=@var{cancel-path}
Stefan Berger4549a8b2013-02-27 12:47:53 -05003151
3152(Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the passthrough
3153driver.
3154
3155@option{path} specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on
3156a Linux host this would be @code{/dev/tpm0}.
3157@option{path} is optional and by default @code{/dev/tpm0} is used.
3158
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003159@option{cancel-path} specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3160entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3161@option{cancel-path} is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3162sysfs entry to use.
3163
Stefan Berger4549a8b2013-02-27 12:47:53 -05003164Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3165
3166The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be
3167used by any other application on the host.
3168
3169Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the TPM,
3170the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize the
3171TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that would
3172otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the user to
3173enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM.
3174Further, if TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM
3175will get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the
3176TPM again afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is
3177required to enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM.
3178If the TPM is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3179
3180To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3181@example
3182-tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3183@end example
3184Note that the @code{-tpmdev} id is @code{tpm0} and is referenced by
3185@code{tpmdev=tpm0} in the device option.
3186
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003187@item -tpmdev emulator,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{dev}
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003188
3189(Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain socket based
3190chardev backend.
3191
3192@option{chardev} specifies the unique ID of a character device backend that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3193
3194To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3195@example
3196
3197-chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3198
3199@end example
3200
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003201ETEXI
3202
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02003203STEXI
3204@end table
3205ETEXI
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003206DEFHEADING()
3207
3208#endif
3209
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003210DEFHEADING(Linux/Multiboot boot specific:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003211STEXI
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02003212
3213When using these options, you can use a given Linux or Multiboot
3214kernel without installing it in the disk image. It can be useful
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003215for easier testing of various kernels.
3216
3217@table @option
3218ETEXI
3219
3220DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003221 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003222STEXI
3223@item -kernel @var{bzImage}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003224@findex -kernel
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02003225Use @var{bzImage} as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
3226or in multiboot format.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003227ETEXI
3228
3229DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003230 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003231STEXI
3232@item -append @var{cmdline}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003233@findex -append
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003234Use @var{cmdline} as kernel command line
3235ETEXI
3236
3237DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003238 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003239STEXI
3240@item -initrd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003241@findex -initrd
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003242Use @var{file} as initial ram disk.
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02003243
3244@item -initrd "@var{file1} arg=foo,@var{file2}"
3245
3246This syntax is only available with multiboot.
3247
3248Use @var{file1} and @var{file2} as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
3249first module.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003250ETEXI
3251
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003252DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10003253 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003254STEXI
3255@item -dtb @var{file}
3256@findex -dtb
3257Use @var{file} as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the kernel
3258on boot.
3259ETEXI
3260
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003261STEXI
3262@end table
3263ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003264DEFHEADING()
3265
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003266DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003267STEXI
3268@table @option
3269ETEXI
3270
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003271DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
3272 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003273 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003274 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003275 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003276 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3277STEXI
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003278
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003279@item -fw_cfg [name=]@var{name},file=@var{file}
3280@findex -fw_cfg
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003281Add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file @var{file}.
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003282
3283@item -fw_cfg [name=]@var{name},string=@var{str}
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003284Add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string @var{str}.
3285
3286The terminating NUL character of the contents of @var{str} will not be
3287included as part of the fw_cfg item data. To insert contents with
3288embedded NUL characters, you have to use the @var{file} parameter.
3289
3290The fw_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
3291
3292Example:
3293@example
3294 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
3295@end example
3296creates an fw_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
3297from ./my_blob.bin.
3298
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003299ETEXI
3300
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003301DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003302 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
3303 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003304STEXI
3305@item -serial @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003306@findex -serial
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003307Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device
3308@var{dev}. The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and
3309@code{stdio} in non graphical mode.
3310
3311This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
3312ports.
3313
3314Use @code{-serial none} to disable all serial ports.
3315
3316Available character devices are:
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02003317@table @option
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003318@item vc[:@var{W}x@var{H}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003319Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in pixel with
3320@example
3321vc:800x600
3322@end example
3323It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
3324@example
3325vc:80Cx24C
3326@end example
3327@item pty
3328[Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
3329@item none
3330No device is allocated.
3331@item null
3332void device
Ingo van Lil88e020e2013-12-20 14:44:53 +01003333@item chardev:@var{id}
3334Use a named character device defined with the @code{-chardev} option.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003335@item /dev/XXX
3336[Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. @file{/dev/ttyS0}. The host serial port
3337parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
3338@item /dev/parport@var{N}
3339[Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port
3340@var{N}. Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
3341@item file:@var{filename}
3342Write output to @var{filename}. No character can be read.
3343@item stdio
3344[Unix only] standard input/output
3345@item pipe:@var{filename}
3346name pipe @var{filename}
3347@item COM@var{n}
3348[Windows only] Use host serial port @var{n}
3349@item udp:[@var{remote_host}]:@var{remote_port}[@@[@var{src_ip}]:@var{src_port}]
3350This implements UDP Net Console.
3351When @var{remote_host} or @var{src_ip} are not specified
3352they default to @code{0.0.0.0}.
3353When not using a specified @var{src_port} a random port is automatically chosen.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003354
3355If you just want a simple readonly console you can use @code{netcat} or
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003356@code{nc}, by starting QEMU with: @code{-serial udp::4555} and nc as:
3357@code{nc -u -l -p 4555}. Any time QEMU writes something to that port it
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003358will appear in the netconsole session.
3359
3360If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want to stop
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003361and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use the same
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003362source port each time by using something like @code{-serial
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003363udp::4555@@:4556} to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003364version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and receive
3365characters via udp. If you have a patched version of netcat which
3366activates telnet remote echo and single char transfer, then you can
Marc-André Lureaubd1caa32016-12-22 18:56:38 +04003367use the following options to set up a netcat redirector to allow
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003368telnet on port 5555 to access the QEMU port.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003369@table @code
Stefan Weil071c9392012-04-07 09:23:36 +02003370@item QEMU Options:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003371-serial udp::4555@@:4556
3372@item netcat options:
3373-u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
3374@item telnet options:
3375localhost 5555
3376@end table
3377
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003378@item tcp:[@var{host}]:@var{port}[,@var{server}][,nowait][,nodelay][,reconnect=@var{seconds}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003379The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the serial
3380I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a location. By default
3381the TCP Net Console is sent to @var{host} at the @var{port}. If you use
3382the @var{server} option QEMU will wait for a client socket application
3383to connect to the port before continuing, unless the @code{nowait}
3384option was specified. The @code{nodelay} option disables the Nagle buffering
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003385algorithm. The @code{reconnect} option only applies if @var{noserver} is
3386set, if the connection goes down it will attempt to reconnect at the
3387given interval. If @var{host} is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003388one TCP connection at a time is accepted. You can use @code{telnet} to
3389connect to the corresponding character device.
3390@table @code
3391@item Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444
3392-serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
3393@item Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection
3394-serial tcp::4444,server
3395@item Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444
3396-serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server,nowait
3397@end table
3398
3399@item telnet:@var{host}:@var{port}[,server][,nowait][,nodelay]
3400The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The options
3401work the same as if you had specified @code{-serial tcp}. The
3402difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or client using
3403telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you to send the
3404MAGIC_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that supports sending the break
3405sequence. Typically in unix telnet you do it with Control-] and then
3406type "send break" followed by pressing the enter key.
3407
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03003408@item websocket:@var{host}:@var{port},server[,nowait][,nodelay]
3409The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The port acts as
3410a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
3411
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003412@item unix:@var{path}[,server][,nowait][,reconnect=@var{seconds}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003413A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option works the
3414same as if you had specified @code{-serial tcp} except the unix domain socket
3415@var{path} is used for connections.
3416
3417@item mon:@var{dev_string}
3418This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed onto
3419another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key sequence of
Paolo Bonzini02c4bdf2013-07-03 20:29:45 +04003420@key{Control-a} and then pressing @key{c}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003421@var{dev_string} should be any one of the serial devices specified
3422above. An example to multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server
3423listening on port 4444 would be:
3424@table @code
3425@item -serial mon:telnet::4444,server,nowait
3426@end table
Michael Tokarevbe022d62013-07-11 12:55:50 +04003427When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C will not terminate
3428QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest instead.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003429
3430@item braille
3431Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille output on a real
3432or fake device.
3433
Kevin Wolfbe8b28a2009-10-09 10:58:37 +02003434@item msmouse
3435Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft protocol.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003436@end table
3437ETEXI
3438
3439DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003440 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
3441 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003442STEXI
3443@item -parallel @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003444@findex -parallel
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003445Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device @var{dev} (same
3446devices as the serial port). On Linux hosts, @file{/dev/parportN} can
3447be used to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host
3448parallel port.
3449
3450This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
3451ports.
3452
3453Use @code{-parallel none} to disable all parallel ports.
3454ETEXI
3455
3456DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003457 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
3458 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003459STEXI
Gerd Hoffmann4e307fc2009-12-08 13:11:37 +01003460@item -monitor @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003461@findex -monitor
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003462Redirect the monitor to host device @var{dev} (same devices as the
3463serial port).
3464The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and @code{stdio} in
3465non graphical mode.
Luiz Capitulino70e098a2013-05-16 12:02:55 -04003466Use @code{-monitor none} to disable the default monitor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003467ETEXI
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01003468DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003469 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
3470 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003471STEXI
3472@item -qmp @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003473@findex -qmp
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003474Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
3475ETEXI
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01003476DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
3477 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
3478 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3479STEXI
3480@item -qmp-pretty @var{dev}
3481@findex -qmp-pretty
3482Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
3483ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003484
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003485DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003486 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003487STEXI
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003488@item -mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003489@findex -mon
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003490Setup monitor on chardev @var{name}. @code{pretty} turns on JSON pretty printing
3491easing human reading and debugging.
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003492ETEXI
3493
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003494DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003495 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
3496 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003497STEXI
3498@item -debugcon @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003499@findex -debugcon
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003500Redirect the debug console to host device @var{dev} (same devices as the
3501serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically port
35020xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device.
3503The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and @code{stdio} in
3504non graphical mode.
3505ETEXI
3506
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003507DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003508 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003509STEXI
3510@item -pidfile @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003511@findex -pidfile
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003512Store the QEMU process PID in @var{file}. It is useful if you launch QEMU
3513from a script.
3514ETEXI
3515
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003516DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003517 "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003518STEXI
3519@item -singlestep
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003520@findex -singlestep
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003521Run the emulation in single step mode.
3522ETEXI
3523
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003524DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02003525 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003526 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3527STEXI
3528@item --preconfig
3529@findex --preconfig
3530Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is created,
3531which allows querying and configuring properties that will affect
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02003532machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to exit
3533the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest if -S
3534isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This option is
3535experimental.
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003536ETEXI
3537
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003538DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003539 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
3540 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003541STEXI
3542@item -S
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003543@findex -S
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003544Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
3545ETEXI
3546
Satoru Moriya888a6bc2013-04-19 16:42:06 +02003547DEF("realtime", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_realtime,
3548 "-realtime [mlock=on|off]\n"
3549 " run qemu with realtime features\n"
3550 " mlock=on|off controls mlock support (default: on)\n",
3551 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3552STEXI
3553@item -realtime mlock=on|off
3554@findex -realtime
3555Run qemu with realtime features.
3556mlocking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via @option{mlock=on}
3557(enabled by default).
3558ETEXI
3559
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003560DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02003561 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003562 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
3563 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
3564 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
3565 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3566STEXI
3567@item -overcommit mem-lock=on|off
3568@item -overcommit cpu-pm=on|off
3569@findex -overcommit
3570Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
3571to assume that host overcommits all resources.
3572
3573Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via @option{mem-lock=on} (disabled
3574by default). This works when host memory is not overcommitted and reduces the
3575worst-case latency for guest. This is equivalent to @option{realtime}.
3576
3577Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency for other
3578processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for guest) can be
3579enabled via @option{cpu-pm=on} (disabled by default). This works best when
3580host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host estimates of CPU cycle and power
3581utilization will be incorrect, not taking into account guest idle time.
3582ETEXI
3583
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003584DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003585 "-gdb dev wait for gdb connection on 'dev'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003586STEXI
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003587@item -gdb @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003588@findex -gdb
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003589Wait for gdb connection on device @var{dev} (@pxref{gdb_usage}). Typical
3590connections will likely be TCP-based, but also UDP, pseudo TTY, or even
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003591stdio are reasonable use case. The latter is allowing to start QEMU from
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003592within gdb and establish the connection via a pipe:
3593@example
Stefan Weil3804da92012-05-11 22:21:50 +02003594(gdb) target remote | exec qemu-system-i386 -gdb stdio ...
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003595@end example
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003596ETEXI
3597
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003598DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003599 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
3600 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003601STEXI
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003602@item -s
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003603@findex -s
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003604Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
3605(@pxref{gdb_usage}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003606ETEXI
3607
3608DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003609 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003610 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003611STEXI
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003612@item -d @var{item1}[,...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003613@findex -d
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003614Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log items.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003615ETEXI
3616
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003617DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003618 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003619 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3620STEXI
Stefan Weil8bd383b2012-05-11 22:40:50 +02003621@item -D @var{logfile}
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003622@findex -D
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003623Output log in @var{logfile} instead of to stderr
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003624ETEXI
3625
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00003626DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
3627 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
3628 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3629STEXI
3630@item -dfilter @var{range1}[,...]
3631@findex -dfilter
3632Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses. The filter
3633spec can be either @var{start}+@var{size}, @var{start}-@var{size} or
3634@var{start}..@var{end} where @var{start} @var{end} and @var{size} are the
3635addresses and sizes required. For example:
3636@example
3637 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
3638@end example
3639Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at 0x8000 and
3640the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and another 0x1000 sized
3641block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
3642ETEXI
3643
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003644DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003645 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
3646 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003647STEXI
3648@item -L @var{path}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003649@findex -L
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003650Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
Richard W.M. Jones37146e72016-05-16 17:34:35 +01003651
3652To list all the data directories, use @code{-L help}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003653ETEXI
3654
3655DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003656 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003657STEXI
3658@item -bios @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003659@findex -bios
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003660Set the filename for the BIOS.
3661ETEXI
3662
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003663DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003664 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003665STEXI
3666@item -enable-kvm
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003667@findex -enable-kvm
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003668Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only available
3669if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
3670ETEXI
3671
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003672DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003673 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003674DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
3675 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01003676 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003677 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00003678DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
3679 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
3680 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
3681 " xenpv machine type).\n",
3682 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003683STEXI
3684@item -xen-domid @var{id}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003685@findex -xen-domid
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003686Specify xen guest domain @var{id} (XEN only).
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003687@item -xen-attach
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003688@findex -xen-attach
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003689Attach to existing xen domain.
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01003690libxl will use this when starting QEMU (XEN only).
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00003691@findex -xen-domid-restrict
3692Restrict set of available xen operations to specified domain id (XEN only).
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003693ETEXI
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003694
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003695DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003696 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003697STEXI
3698@item -no-reboot
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003699@findex -no-reboot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003700Exit instead of rebooting.
3701ETEXI
3702
3703DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003704 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003705STEXI
3706@item -no-shutdown
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003707@findex -no-shutdown
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003708Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the emulation.
3709This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit changes to the
3710disk image.
3711ETEXI
3712
3713DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
3714 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003715 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
3716 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003717STEXI
3718@item -loadvm @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003719@findex -loadvm
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003720Start right away with a saved state (@code{loadvm} in monitor)
3721ETEXI
3722
3723#ifndef _WIN32
3724DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003725 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003726#endif
3727STEXI
3728@item -daemonize
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003729@findex -daemonize
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003730Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not detach from
3731standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on any of its devices.
3732This option is a useful way for external programs to launch QEMU without having
3733to cope with initialization race conditions.
3734ETEXI
3735
3736DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003737 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
3738 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003739STEXI
3740@item -option-rom @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003741@findex -option-rom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003742Load the contents of @var{file} as an option ROM.
3743This option is useful to load things like EtherBoot.
3744ETEXI
3745
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003746DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003747 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003748 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
3749 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003750
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003751STEXI
3752
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003753@item -rtc [base=utc|localtime|@var{datetime}][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003754@findex -rtc
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003755Specify @option{base} as @code{utc} or @code{localtime} to let the RTC start at the current
3756UTC or local time, respectively. @code{localtime} is required for correct date in
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003757MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a specific point in time, provide @var{datetime} in the
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003758format @code{2006-06-17T16:01:21} or @code{2006-06-17}. The default base is UTC.
3759
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04003760By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows using of the
Jan Kiszka68752042009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003761RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest, specifically if the host
3762time is smoothly following an accurate external reference clock, e.g. via NTP.
Paolo Bonzini78808142012-03-30 10:31:21 +00003763If you want to isolate the guest time from the host, you can set @option{clock}
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003764to @code{rt} instead, which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it.
3765To even prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set @option{clock}
3766to @code{vm} (virtual clock). @samp{clock=vm} is recommended especially in
3767icount mode in order to preserve determinism; however, note that in icount mode
3768the speed of the virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the
3769host clock.
Jan Kiszka68752042009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003770
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003771Enable @option{driftfix} (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift problems,
3772specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try to figure out how
3773many timer interrupts were not processed by the Windows guest and will
3774re-inject them.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003775ETEXI
3776
3777DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003778 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00003779 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003780 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
3781 " or disable real time cpu sleeping\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003782STEXI
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003783@item -icount [shift=@var{N}|auto][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=@var{filename},rrsnapshot=@var{snapshot}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003784@findex -icount
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003785Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003786instruction every 2^@var{N} ns of virtual time. If @code{auto} is specified
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003787then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep virtual
3788time within a few seconds of real time.
3789
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003790When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at default
Pranith Kumar778d9f92016-02-26 10:16:51 -05003791speed unless @option{sleep=on|off} is specified.
3792With @option{sleep=on|off}, the virtual time will jump to the next timer deadline
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003793instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and will not advance
3794if no timer is enabled. This behavior give deterministic execution times from
3795the guest point of view.
3796
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003797Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does not
3798provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain superscalar out of
3799order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The number of instructions
3800executed often has little or no correlation with actual performance.
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003801
Daniel P. Berrangeb6af0972015-08-26 12:17:13 +01003802@option{align=on} will activate the delay algorithm which will try
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003803to synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
3804have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift option.
3805Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
Michael Tokarev82597612015-04-27 11:12:49 +03003806@option{align=on} is specified then we print a message to the user
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003807to inform about the delay.
3808Currently this option does not work when @option{shift} is @code{auto}.
3809Note: The sync algorithm will work for those shift values for which
3810the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock. Typically this happens
3811when the shift value is high (how high depends on the host machine).
Pavel Dovgalyuk4c27b852015-09-17 19:25:18 +03003812
3813When @option{rr} option is specified deterministic record/replay is enabled.
3814Replay log is written into @var{filename} file in record mode and
3815read from this file in replay mode.
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003816
3817Option rrsnapshot is used to create new vm snapshot named @var{snapshot}
3818at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option is used
3819to load the initial VM state.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003820ETEXI
3821
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003822DEF("watchdog", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog, \
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003823 "-watchdog model\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003824 " enable virtual hardware watchdog [default=none]\n",
3825 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003826STEXI
3827@item -watchdog @var{model}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003828@findex -watchdog
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003829Create a virtual hardware watchdog device. Once enabled (by a guest
3830action), the watchdog must be periodically polled by an agent inside
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003831the guest or else the guest will be restarted. Choose a model for
3832which your guest has drivers.
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003833
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003834The @var{model} is the model of hardware watchdog to emulate. Use
3835@code{-watchdog help} to list available hardware models. Only one
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003836watchdog can be enabled for a guest.
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003837
3838The following models may be available:
3839@table @option
3840@item ib700
3841iBASE 700 is a very simple ISA watchdog with a single timer.
3842@item i6300esb
3843Intel 6300ESB I/O controller hub is a much more featureful PCI-based
3844dual-timer watchdog.
Xu Wang188f24c2015-02-05 18:28:32 +08003845@item diag288
3846A virtual watchdog for s390x backed by the diagnose 288 hypercall
3847(currently KVM only).
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003848@end table
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003849ETEXI
3850
3851DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02003852 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003853 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
3854 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003855STEXI
3856@item -watchdog-action @var{action}
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01003857@findex -watchdog-action
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003858
3859The @var{action} controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
3860expires.
3861The default is
3862@code{reset} (forcefully reset the guest).
3863Other possible actions are:
3864@code{shutdown} (attempt to gracefully shutdown the guest),
3865@code{poweroff} (forcefully poweroff the guest),
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02003866@code{inject-nmi} (inject a NMI into the guest),
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003867@code{pause} (pause the guest),
3868@code{debug} (print a debug message and continue), or
3869@code{none} (do nothing).
3870
3871Note that the @code{shutdown} action requires that the guest responds
3872to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
3873situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
3874@code{-watchdog-action shutdown} is not recommended for production use.
3875
3876Examples:
3877
3878@table @code
3879@item -watchdog i6300esb -watchdog-action pause
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003880@itemx -watchdog ib700
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003881@end table
3882ETEXI
3883
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003884DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003885 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
3886 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003887STEXI
3888
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003889@item -echr @var{numeric_ascii_value}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003890@findex -echr
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003891Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when using
3892monitor and serial sharing. The default is @code{0x01} when using the
3893@code{-nographic} option. @code{0x01} is equal to pressing
3894@code{Control-a}. You can select a different character from the ascii
3895control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z. For
3896instance you could use the either of the following to change the escape
3897character to Control-t.
3898@table @code
3899@item -echr 0x14
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003900@itemx -echr 20
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003901@end table
3902ETEXI
3903
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003904DEF("show-cursor", 0, QEMU_OPTION_show_cursor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003905 "-show-cursor show cursor\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003906STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003907@item -show-cursor
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003908@findex -show-cursor
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003909Show cursor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003910ETEXI
3911
3912DEF("tb-size", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tb_size, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003913 "-tb-size n set TB size\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003914STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003915@item -tb-size @var{n}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003916@findex -tb-size
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003917Set TB size.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003918ETEXI
3919
3920DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03003921 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4][,ipv6]\n" \
3922 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4][,ipv6]\n" \
3923 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
3924 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
3925 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
3926 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
3927 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
3928 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01003929 " or from given external command\n" \
3930 "-incoming defer\n" \
3931 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003932 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003933STEXI
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03003934@item -incoming tcp:[@var{host}]:@var{port}[,to=@var{maxport}][,ipv4][,ipv6]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003935@itemx -incoming rdma:@var{host}:@var{port}[,ipv4][,ipv6]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003936@findex -incoming
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03003937Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
3938
3939@item -incoming unix:@var{socketpath}
3940Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
3941
3942@item -incoming fd:@var{fd}
3943Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
3944
3945@item -incoming exec:@var{cmdline}
3946Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external command.
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01003947
3948@item -incoming defer
3949Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming. The monitor can
3950be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior to issuing
3951the migrate_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003952ETEXI
3953
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05303954DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
3955 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3956STEXI
3957@item -only-migratable
3958@findex -only-migratable
3959Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter an
3960unmigratable state.
3961ETEXI
3962
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01003963DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003964 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01003965STEXI
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01003966@item -nodefaults
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003967@findex -nodefaults
Michal Novotny66c19bf2012-07-16 14:35:10 +02003968Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default devices like serial
3969port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor device, VGA adapter, floppy and
3970CD-ROM drive and others. The @code{-nodefaults} option will disable all those
3971default devices.
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01003972ETEXI
3973
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003974#ifndef _WIN32
3975DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003976 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
3977 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003978#endif
3979STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003980@item -chroot @var{dir}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003981@findex -chroot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003982Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
3983directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
3984ETEXI
3985
3986#ifndef _WIN32
3987DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01003988 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
3989 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003990 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003991#endif
3992STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003993@item -runas @var{user}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003994@findex -runas
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003995Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges, switching
3996to the specified user.
3997ETEXI
3998
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003999DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4000 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004001 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4002 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004003STEXI
4004@item -prom-env @var{variable}=@var{value}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004005@findex -prom-env
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004006Set OpenBIOS nvram @var{variable} to given @var{value} (PPC, SPARC only).
4007ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004008DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004009 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01004010 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 |
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004011 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004012STEXI
4013@item -semihosting
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004014@findex -semihosting
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004015Enable semihosting mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II only).
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004016ETEXI
4017DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004018 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
4019 " semihosting configuration\n",
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01004020QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 |
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004021QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2)
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004022STEXI
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004023@item -semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,arg=str[,...]]
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004024@findex -semihosting-config
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004025Enable and configure semihosting (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II only).
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004026@table @option
4027@item target=@code{native|gdb|auto}
4028Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU (@code{native})
4029or to GDB (@code{gdb}). The default is @code{auto}, which means @code{gdb}
4030during debug sessions and @code{native} otherwise.
4031@item arg=@var{str1},arg=@var{str2},...
4032Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used multiple times to build
4033up a list. The old-style @code{-kernel}/@code{-append} method of passing a
4034command line is still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4035@code{--semihosting-config arg} and the @code{-kernel}/@code{-append} are
4036specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always takes precedence.
4037@end table
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004038ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004039DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004040 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004041STEXI
4042@item -old-param
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004043@findex -old-param (ARM)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004044Old param mode (ARM only).
4045ETEXI
4046
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004047DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004048 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004049 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004050 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4051 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4052 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004053 " C library implementations.\n" \
4054 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny QEMU process to elevate\n" \
4055 " its privileges by blacklisting all set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
4056 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004057 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4058 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004059 " blacklisting *fork and execve\n" \
4060 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004061 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4062STEXI
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004063@item -sandbox @var{arg}[,obsolete=@var{string}][,elevateprivileges=@var{string}][,spawn=@var{string}][,resourcecontrol=@var{string}]
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004064@findex -sandbox
4065Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall filtering and 'off' will
4066disable it. The default is 'off'.
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004067@table @option
4068@item obsolete=@var{string}
4069Enable Obsolete system calls
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004070@item elevateprivileges=@var{string}
4071Disable set*uid|gid system calls
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004072@item spawn=@var{string}
4073Disable *fork and execve
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004074@item resourcecontrol=@var{string}
4075Disable process affinity and schedular priority
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004076@end table
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004077ETEXI
4078
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004079DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004080 "-readconfig <file>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004081STEXI
4082@item -readconfig @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004083@findex -readconfig
Michal Novotnyed24cfa2012-07-16 14:28:32 +02004084Read device configuration from @var{file}. This approach is useful when you want to spawn
4085QEMU process with many command line options but you don't want to exceed the command line
4086character limit.
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004087ETEXI
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004088DEF("writeconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_writeconfig,
4089 "-writeconfig <file>\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004090 " read/write config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004091STEXI
4092@item -writeconfig @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004093@findex -writeconfig
Michal Novotnyed24cfa2012-07-16 14:28:32 +02004094Write device configuration to @var{file}. The @var{file} can be either filename to save
4095command line and device configuration into file or dash @code{-}) character to print the
4096output to stdout. This can be later used as input file for @code{-readconfig} option.
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004097ETEXI
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004098
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004099DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4100 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004101 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004102 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4103STEXI
4104@item -no-user-config
4105@findex -no-user-config
4106The @code{-no-user-config} option makes QEMU not load any of the user-provided
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004107config files on @var{sysconfdir}.
Anthony Liguori292444c2010-01-21 10:57:58 -06004108ETEXI
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004109
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004110DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004111 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
LluĂ­s23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004112 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004113 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4114STEXI
LluĂ­s23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004115HXCOMM This line is not accurate, as some sub-options are backend-specific but
4116HXCOMM HX does not support conditional compilation of text.
Denis V. Luneve370ad92016-06-17 17:44:08 +03004117@item -trace [[enable=]@var{pattern}][,events=@var{file}][,file=@var{file}]
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004118@findex -trace
Denis V. Luneveeb2b8f2016-06-17 17:44:09 +03004119@include qemu-option-trace.texi
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004120ETEXI
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004121
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004122HXCOMM Internal use
4123DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4124DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004125
Paul Moore0f669982012-08-03 14:39:21 -04004126#ifdef __linux__
4127DEF("enable-fips", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enablefips,
4128 "-enable-fips enable FIPS 140-2 compliance\n",
4129 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4130#endif
4131STEXI
4132@item -enable-fips
4133@findex -enable-fips
4134Enable FIPS 140-2 compliance mode.
4135ETEXI
4136
Jan Kiszkaa0dac022012-10-05 14:51:45 -03004137HXCOMM Deprecated by -machine accel=tcg property
Bruce Rogersc6e88b32012-11-20 07:11:21 -07004138DEF("no-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_kvm, "", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Jan Kiszkaa0dac022012-10-05 14:51:45 -03004139
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004140DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
4141 "-msg timestamp[=on|off]\n"
4142 " change the format of messages\n"
4143 " on|off controls leading timestamps (default:on)\n",
4144 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4145STEXI
4146@item -msg timestamp[=on|off]
4147@findex -msg
4148prepend a timestamp to each log message.(default:on)
4149ETEXI
4150
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304151DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
4152 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
4153 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
4154 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
4155 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02004156 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304157 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4158STEXI
4159@item -dump-vmstate @var{file}
4160@findex -dump-vmstate
4161Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to file
4162in @var{file}
4163ETEXI
4164
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004165DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
4166 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
4167 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
4168 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4169STEXI
4170@item -enable-sync-profile
4171@findex -enable-sync-profile
4172Enable synchronization profiling.
4173ETEXI
4174
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004175STEXI
4176@end table
4177ETEXI
4178DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004179
4180DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004181STEXI
4182@table @option
4183ETEXI
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004184
4185DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
4186 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
4187 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
4188 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
4189 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
4190 " '/objects' path.\n",
4191 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4192STEXI
4193@item -object @var{typename}[,@var{prop1}=@var{value1},...]
4194@findex -object
4195Create a new object of type @var{typename} setting properties
4196in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'
4197property must be set. These objects are placed in the
4198'/objects' path.
4199
4200@table @option
4201
Haozhong Zhang98376842017-12-11 15:28:04 +08004202@item -object memory-backend-file,id=@var{id},size=@var{size},mem-path=@var{dir},share=@var{on|off},discard-data=@var{on|off},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave},align=@var{align}
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004203
4204Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00004205the guest RAM with huge pages.
4206
4207The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4208memory region when configuring the @option{-numa} argument.
4209
4210The @option{size} option provides the size of the memory region, and accepts
4211common suffixes, eg @option{500M}.
4212
4213The @option{mem-path} provides the path to either a shared memory or huge page
4214filesystem mount.
4215
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004216The @option{share} boolean option determines whether the memory
4217region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter allows
4218a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory region.
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00004219
Marcel Apfelbaum06329cc2017-12-13 16:37:37 +02004220The @option{share} is also required for pvrdma devices due to
4221limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
4222
4223Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
4224bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
4225Documentation/vm/numa_memory_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
4226source tree for additional details.
4227
Eduardo Habkost11ae6ed2017-08-24 16:23:15 -03004228Setting the @option{discard-data} boolean option to @var{on}
4229indicates that file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits,
4230to avoid unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note
4231that @option{discard-data} is only an optimization, and QEMU
4232might not discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is
4233terminated using SIGKILL.
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004234
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00004235The @option{merge} boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
4236MADV_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider the pages for
4237memory deduplication.
4238
4239Setting the @option{dump} boolean option to @var{off} excludes the memory from
4240core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV_DONTDUMP.
4241
4242The @option{prealloc} boolean option enables memory preallocation.
4243
4244The @option{host-nodes} option binds the memory range to a list of NUMA host
4245nodes.
4246
4247The @option{policy} option sets the NUMA policy to one of the following values:
4248
4249@table @option
4250@item @var{default}
4251default host policy
4252
4253@item @var{preferred}
4254prefer the given host node list for allocation
4255
4256@item @var{bind}
4257restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
4258
4259@item @var{interleave}
4260interleave memory allocations across the given host node list
4261@end table
4262
Haozhong Zhang98376842017-12-11 15:28:04 +08004263The @option{align} option specifies the base address alignment when
4264QEMU mmap(2) @option{mem-path}, and accepts common suffixes, eg
4265@option{2M}. Some backend store specified by @option{mem-path}
4266requires an alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg
4267the device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
4268such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this option.
4269
Junyan Hea4de8552018-07-18 15:48:00 +08004270The @option{pmem} option specifies whether the backing file specified
4271by @option{mem-path} is in host persistent memory that can be accessed
4272using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel NVDIMM).
4273If @option{pmem} is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary operations to
4274guarantee the persistence of its own writes to @option{mem-path}
4275(e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live migration).
Zhang Yi119906af2019-04-22 08:48:48 +08004276Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP_SYNC flag, which ensures the
4277file metadata is in sync for @option{mem-path} in case of host crash
4278or a power failure. MAP_SYNC requires support from both the host kernel
4279(since Linux kernel 4.15) and the filesystem of @option{mem-path} mounted
4280with DAX option.
Junyan Hea4de8552018-07-18 15:48:00 +08004281
Marcel Apfelbaum06329cc2017-12-13 16:37:37 +02004282@item -object memory-backend-ram,id=@var{id},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},share=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},size=@var{size},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave}
Stefan Hajnoczicd194912017-11-28 16:15:29 +00004283
4284Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the guest RAM.
4285Memory backend objects offer more control than the @option{-m} option that is
4286traditionally used to define guest RAM. Please refer to
4287@option{memory-backend-file} for a description of the options.
4288
Marc-André Lureau36ea3972018-08-28 17:38:40 +02004289@item -object memory-backend-memfd,id=@var{id},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},share=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},size=@var{size},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave},seal=@var{on|off},hugetlb=@var{on|off},hugetlbsize=@var{size}
Marc-André Lureaudbb9e0f2018-02-01 14:27:54 +01004290
4291Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows QEMU to
4292share the memory with an external process (e.g. when using
4293vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and optional
4294sealing. (Linux only)
4295
4296The @option{seal} option creates a sealed-file, that will block
4297further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
4298
4299The @option{hugetlb} option specify the file to be created resides in
4300the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction with
4301the @option{hugetlb} option, the @option{hugetlbsize} option specify
4302the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb page
4303sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the system).
4304
4305In some versions of Linux, the @option{hugetlb} option is incompatible
4306with the @option{seal} option (requires at least Linux 4.16).
4307
4308Please refer to @option{memory-backend-file} for a description of the
4309other options.
4310
Marc-André Lureau36ea3972018-08-28 17:38:40 +02004311The @option{share} boolean option is @var{on} by default with memfd.
4312
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004313@item -object rng-random,id=@var{id},filename=@var{/dev/random}
4314
4315Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy from
4316a device on the host. The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that
4317will be used to reference this entropy backend from the @option{virtio-rng}
4318device. The @option{filename} parameter specifies which file to obtain
4319entropy from and if omitted defaults to @option{/dev/random}.
4320
4321@item -object rng-egd,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{chardevid}
4322
4323Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy from
4324an external daemon running on the host. The @option{id} parameter is
4325a unique ID that will be used to reference this entropy backend from
4326the @option{virtio-rng} device. The @option{chardev} parameter is
4327the unique ID of a character device backend that provides the connection
4328to the RNG daemon.
4329
Daniel P. Berrangee00adf62015-03-13 17:39:26 +00004330@item -object tls-creds-anon,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/cred/dir},verify-peer=@var{on|off}
4331
4332Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to provide
4333TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4334ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4335@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4336on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4337acting as a client or as a server. If @option{verify-peer} is enabled
4338(the default) then once the handshake is completed, the peer credentials
4339will be verified, though this is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
4340
4341The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential
4342files. For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4343@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4344for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4345a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4346expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4347recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4348upfront and saved.
4349
Richard W.M. Jonese1a6dc92018-07-03 09:03:03 +01004350@item -object tls-creds-psk,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/keys/dir}[,username=@var{username}]
4351
4352Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which can be used to provide
4353TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4354ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4355@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4356on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4357acting as a client or as a server. For clients only, @option{username}
4358is the username which will be sent to the server. If omitted
4359it defaults to ``qemu''.
4360
4361The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file.
4362It is called ``@var{dir}/keys.psk'' and contains ``username:key''
4363pairs. This file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS
4364@code{psktool} program.
4365
4366For server endpoints, @var{dir} may also contain a file
4367@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4368for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4369a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4370expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4371recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4372up front and saved.
4373
Christophe Fergeau00e5e9d2017-12-08 15:14:30 +01004374@item -object tls-creds-x509,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/cred/dir},priority=@var{priority},verify-peer=@var{on|off},passwordid=@var{id}
Daniel P. Berrange85bcbc72015-03-13 17:39:26 +00004375
4376Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to provide
4377TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4378ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4379@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4380on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4381acting as a client or as a server. If @option{verify-peer} is enabled
4382(the default) then once the handshake is completed, the peer credentials
4383will be verified. With x509 certificates, this implies that the clients
4384must be provided with valid client certificates too.
4385
4386The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential
4387files. For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4388@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4389for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4390a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4391expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4392recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4393upfront and saved.
4394
4395For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain further files
4396providing the x509 certificates. The certificates must be stored
4397in PEM format, in filenames @var{ca-cert.pem}, @var{ca-crl.pem} (optional),
4398@var{server-cert.pem} (only servers), @var{server-key.pem} (only servers),
4399@var{client-cert.pem} (only clients), and @var{client-key.pem} (only clients).
4400
Daniel P. Berrange1d7b5b42015-10-15 16:14:42 +01004401For the @var{server-key.pem} and @var{client-key.pem} files which
4402contain sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
4403version by providing the @var{passwordid} parameter. This provides
4404the ID of a previously created @code{secret} object containing the
4405password for decryption.
4406
Christophe Fergeau00e5e9d2017-12-08 15:14:30 +01004407The @var{priority} parameter allows to override the global default
4408priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system administrator
4409needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for QEMU without
4410potentially forcing the weakness onto all applications. Or conversely
4411if one wants wants a stronger default for QEMU than for all other
4412applications, they can do this through this parameter. Its format is
4413a gnutls priority string as described at
4414@url{https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html}.
4415
zhanghailiang338d3f42016-03-01 13:37:02 +08004416@item -object filter-buffer,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},interval=@var{t}[,queue=@var{all|rx|tx}][,status=@var{on|off}]
Yang Hongyang7dbb11c2015-10-07 11:52:21 +08004417
4418Interval @var{t} can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery: all
4419packets arriving in a given interval on netdev @var{netdevid} are delayed
4420until the end of the interval. Interval is in microseconds.
zhanghailiang338d3f42016-03-01 13:37:02 +08004421@option{status} is optional that indicate whether the netfilter is
4422on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status for netfilter will be 'on'.
Yang Hongyang7dbb11c2015-10-07 11:52:21 +08004423
4424queue @var{all|rx|tx} is an option that can be applied to any netfilter.
4425
4426@option{all}: the filter is attached both to the receive and the transmit
4427 queue of the netdev (default).
4428
4429@option{rx}: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the netdev,
4430 where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
4431
4432@option{tx}: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the netdev,
4433 where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
4434
Zhang Chene2521f02017-07-04 14:53:48 +08004435@item -object filter-mirror,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx}[,vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chenf6d3afb2016-03-15 15:41:33 +08004436
Zhang Chene2521f02017-07-04 14:53:48 +08004437filter-mirror on netdev @var{netdevid},mirror net packet to chardev@var{chardevid}, if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chenf6d3afb2016-03-15 15:41:33 +08004438
Zhang Chen00d5c242017-07-04 14:53:49 +08004439@item -object filter-redirector,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},indev=@var{chardevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx}[,vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chend46f75b2016-03-17 16:16:26 +08004440
4441filter-redirector on netdev @var{netdevid},redirect filter's net packet to chardev
Zhang Chen00d5c242017-07-04 14:53:49 +08004442@var{chardevid},and redirect indev's packet to filter.if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag,
4443filter-redirector will redirect packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chend46f75b2016-03-17 16:16:26 +08004444Create a filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id can not
4445be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at least one of indev or outdev
4446need to be specified.
4447
Zhang Chen4b39bdc2017-07-04 14:53:55 +08004448@item -object filter-rewriter,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx},[vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chene6eee8a2016-09-27 10:22:32 +08004449
4450Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp packet to
4451secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp connection,and rewrite
4452tcp packet to primary from secondary make tcp packet can be handled by
Zhang Chen4b39bdc2017-07-04 14:53:55 +08004453client.if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
Zhang Chene6eee8a2016-09-27 10:22:32 +08004454
4455usage:
4456colo secondary:
4457-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4458-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4459-object filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
4460
Changlong Xiec551cd52016-10-11 13:28:32 +08004461@item -object filter-dump,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{dev}[,file=@var{filename}][,maxlen=@var{len}]
Thomas Huthd3e0c032015-10-13 12:40:02 +02004462
4463Dump the network traffic on netdev @var{dev} to the file specified by
4464@var{filename}. At most @var{len} bytes (64k by default) per packet are stored.
4465The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with tools such as tcpdump
4466or Wireshark.
4467
Zhang Chen5aede7f2019-04-26 17:07:30 +08004468@item -object colo-compare,id=@var{id},primary_in=@var{chardevid},secondary_in=@var{chardevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},iothread=@var{id}[,vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004469
4470Colo-compare gets packet from primary_in@var{chardevid} and secondary_in@var{chardevid}, than compare primary packet with
4471secondary packet. If the packets are same, we will output primary
4472packet to outdev@var{chardevid}, else we will notify colo-frame
4473do checkpoint and send primary packet to outdev@var{chardevid}.
Zhang Chen5aede7f2019-04-26 17:07:30 +08004474In order to improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison
4475in another thread. If it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, colo compare
4476will send/recv packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004477
4478we must use it with the help of filter-mirror and filter-redirector.
4479
4480@example
4481
4482primary:
4483-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4484-device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4485-chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server,nowait
4486-chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server,nowait
4487-chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server,nowait
4488-chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
4489-chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server,nowait
4490-chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Zhang Chen5aede7f2019-04-26 17:07:30 +08004491-object iothread,id=iothread1
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004492-object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
4493-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
4494-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
Zhang Chen5aede7f2019-04-26 17:07:30 +08004495-object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004496
4497secondary:
4498-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4499-device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4500-chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
4501-chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
4502-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4503-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4504
4505@end example
4506
4507If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can read
4508the colo-compare git log.
4509
Gonglei1653a5f2016-10-28 16:33:23 +08004510@item -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=@var{id}[,queues=@var{queues}]
4511
4512Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto opreation from
4513the QEMU cipher APIS. The @var{id} parameter is
4514a unique ID that will be used to reference this cryptodev backend from
4515the @option{virtio-crypto} device. The @var{queues} parameter is optional,
4516which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default of
4517@var{queues} is 1.
4518
4519@example
4520
4521 # qemu-system-x86_64 \
4522 [...] \
4523 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \
4524 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \
4525 [...]
4526@end example
4527
Gonglei042cea22018-03-01 21:46:28 +08004528@item -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{chardevid}[,queues=@var{queues}]
4529
4530Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev @var{chardevid}.
4531The @var{id} parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4532cryptodev backend from the @option{virtio-crypto} device.
4533The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses
4534a specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement messages
4535to an application on the other end of the socket.
4536The @var{queues} parameter is optional, which specify the queue number
4537of cryptodev backend for multiqueue vhost-user, the default of @var{queues} is 1.
4538
4539@example
4540
4541 # qemu-system-x86_64 \
4542 [...] \
4543 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \
4544 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \
4545 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \
4546 [...]
4547@end example
4548
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004549@item -object secret,id=@var{id},data=@var{string},format=@var{raw|base64}[,keyid=@var{secretid},iv=@var{string}]
4550@item -object secret,id=@var{id},file=@var{filename},format=@var{raw|base64}[,keyid=@var{secretid},iv=@var{string}]
4551
4552Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some other sensitive
4553data. The sensitive data can either be passed directly via the @var{data}
4554parameter, or indirectly via the @var{file} parameter. Using the @var{data}
4555parameter is insecure unless the sensitive data is encrypted.
4556
4557The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default), or base64.
4558When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports valid UTF-8 characters,
4559so base64 is recommended for sending binary data. QEMU will convert from
4560which ever format is provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an
4561RBD password can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
4562encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
4563
4564For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data associated with
4565a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of encryption is indicated
4566by providing the @var{keyid} and @var{iv} parameters. The @var{keyid}
4567parameter provides the ID of a previously defined secret that contains
4568the AES-256 decryption key. This key should be 32-bytes long and be
4569base64 encoded. The @var{iv} parameter provides the random initialization
4570vector used for encryption of this particular secret and should be a
Daniel P. Berrange69c0b272016-04-04 10:33:55 +01004571base64 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004572
4573The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
4574
4575@example
4576
4577 # $QEMU -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
4578
4579@end example
4580
4581The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
4582
Eric Blakeb43671f2017-07-03 13:09:50 -05004583 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004584 # $QEMU -object secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
4585
4586For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate usage,
4587consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt the data. Note
4588that when encrypting, the plaintext must be padded to the cipher block
4589size (32 bytes) using the standard PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
4590
4591First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
4592
4593@example
4594 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
4595 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
4596@end example
4597
4598Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random initialization vector
4599generated. These do not need to be kept secret
4600
4601@example
4602 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
4603 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
4604@end example
4605
4606The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case we're
4607telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could be left
4608as raw bytes if desired.
4609
4610@example
Eric Blakeb43671f2017-07-03 13:09:50 -05004611 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004612 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
4613@end example
4614
4615When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to @code{key.b64}
4616and specify that to be used to decrypt the user password. Pass the
4617contents of @code{iv.b64} to the second secret
4618
4619@example
4620 # $QEMU \
4621 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \
4622 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\
4623 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
4624@end example
4625
Brijesh Singha9b49422018-03-08 06:48:41 -06004626@item -object sev-guest,id=@var{id},cbitpos=@var{cbitpos},reduced-phys-bits=@var{val},[sev-device=@var{string},policy=@var{policy},handle=@var{handle},dh-cert-file=@var{file},session-file=@var{file}]
4627
4628Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object, which can be used
4629to provide the guest memory encryption support on AMD processors.
4630
4631When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address bit (aka the
4632C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is protected. The @option{cbitpos}
4633is used to provide the C-bit position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent
4634hence user must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
4635
4636When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in physical address space.
4637The @option{reduced-phys-bits} is used to provide the number of bits we loose in
4638physical address space. Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent.
4639On EPYC, the value should be 5.
4640
4641The @option{sev-device} provides the device file to use for communicating with
4642the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure Processor. The default device is
4643'/dev/sev'. If hardware supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are
4644created by CCP driver.
4645
4646The @option{policy} provides the guest policy to be enforced by the SEV firmware
4647and restrict what configuration and operational commands can be performed on this
4648guest by the hypervisor. The policy should be provided by the guest owner and is
4649bound to the guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the guest.
4650The default is 0.
4651
4652If guest @option{policy} allows sharing the key with another SEV guest then
4653@option{handle} can be use to provide handle of the guest from which to share
4654the key.
4655
4656The @option{dh-cert-file} and @option{session-file} provides the guest owner's
4657Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH and session parameters
4658are used for establishing a cryptographic session with the guest owner to
4659negotiate keys used for attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
4660
4661e.g to launch a SEV guest
4662@example
4663 # $QEMU \
4664 ......
4665 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \
4666 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0
4667 .....
4668
4669@end example
Daniel P. Berrangéfb5c4eb2018-05-02 15:40:33 +01004670
4671
4672@item -object authz-simple,id=@var{id},identity=@var{string}
4673
4674Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4675
4676The @option{identity} parameter is identifies the user and its format
4677depends on the network service that authorization object is associated
4678with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates, the identity must
4679be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care must be taken to escape
4680any commas in the distinguished name.
4681
4682An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished name
4683would look like:
4684@example
4685 # $QEMU \
4686 ...
4687 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \
4688 ...
4689@end example
4690
4691Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name containing
4692whitespace, and escaping of ','.
4693
Daniel P. Berrangé55d86982018-05-11 12:19:59 +01004694@item -object authz-listfile,id=@var{id},filename=@var{path},refresh=@var{yes|no}
4695
4696Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4697
4698The @option{filename} parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
4699containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
4700
4701An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might look
4702like:
4703
4704@example
4705 @{
4706 "rules": [
4707 @{ "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4708 @{ "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4709 @{ "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" @},
4710 @{ "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4711 ],
4712 "policy": "deny"
4713 @}
4714@end example
4715
4716When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules and
4717the first rule to match will have its @option{policy} value returned
4718as the result. If no rules match, then the default @option{policy}
4719value is returned.
4720
4721The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use the
4722simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be used.
4723
4724If @option{refresh} is set to true the file will be monitored
4725and automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
4726
4727As with the @code{authz-simple} object, the format of the identity
4728strings being matched depends on the network service, but is usually
4729a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
4730
4731An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
4732would look like:
4733@example
4734 # $QEMU \
4735 ...
4736 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=yes
4737 ...
4738@end example
4739
Daniel P. Berrange8953caf2016-07-27 14:13:56 +01004740@item -object authz-pam,id=@var{id},service=@var{string}
4741
4742Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4743
4744The @option{service} parameter provides the name of a PAM service to use
4745for authorization. It requires that a file @code{/etc/pam.d/@var{service}}
4746exist to provide the configuration for the @code{account} subsystem.
4747
4748An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509 distinguished
4749name would look like:
4750
4751@example
4752 # $QEMU \
4753 ...
4754 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc
4755 ...
4756@end example
4757
4758There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
4759@code{/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc} that contains:
4760
4761@example
4762account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
4763 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
4764@end example
4765
4766Finally the @code{/etc/qemu/vnc.allow} file would contain
4767the list of x509 distingished names that are permitted
4768access
4769
4770@example
4771CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
4772@end example
4773
4774
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004775@end table
4776
4777ETEXI
4778
4779
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004780HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
4781STEXI
4782@end table
4783ETEXI